Post on 08-Jan-2023
transcript
MURUGAPPA POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE (A Government Aided Academically Autonomous Institution)
Sathyamurthy Nagar, Avadi, Chennai – 600 062
DIPLOMA COURSE
IN
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
FULL TIME 3 YEAR REGULAR, 31/2 YEAR SANDWICH & 4 YEAR PART TIME
MPC ‘M’ - SCHEME
REGULATIONS, CURRICULUM
&
SYLLABUS
2016
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 1 of 222
MURUGAPPA POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE
Sathyamurthy Nagar, Chennai-600 062.
(Academically Autonomous Institution)
REGULATIONS 2016
M - Scheme
REGARDING ADMISSION, EVALUATION, AWARD OF DIPLOMA UNDER ACADEMIC AUTONOMY
APPROVED IN THE 40TH
ACADEMIC BOARD
DIPLOMA COURSES IN ENGINEERING
(SIX-SEMESTER REGULAR, SEVEN-SEMESTER SANDWICH FULL-TIME AND EIGHT SEMESTER PART-TIME)
1. CANDIDATES FOR ADMISSION
1.1 AGE LIMIT Candidates for admission into the first semester of the six-semester Regular, seven-semester Sandwich,
eight- semester Part-Time Diploma Courses and to the third semester Regular Diploma courses under
Lateral Entry shall satisfy the age limit as prescribed by the Directorate of Technical Education.
1.2 QUALIFICATIONS
1.2.1. Candidates seeking admission into Full-Time and Part-Time Diploma Courses shall be required
to have passed X standard examination of the State Board of Education, Tamil Nadu or any other equivalent
examination already recognized by the Directorate of School Education Board, Tamilnadu with
eligibility for admission to First year of Higher Secondary School in Tamil Nadu
1.2.2. Candidates seeking admission to the Second Year (III Semester) of Regular Diploma Courses under
Lateral Entry shall be required to have passed the Higher Secondary Certificate (HSC) Examination (
Vocational) or 2 year Industrial Training Institute (ITI) Certificate Examination after passing X Std. Examination
of State Board of Education as prescribed by the Directorate of Technical Education.
1.3 ELIGIBILITY
Candidates seeking admission shall satisfy the eligibility conditions such as subjects, marks, number of
attempts etc, as prescribed by the Directorate of Technical Education, Tamil Nadu.
2. DURATION OF COURSE
The duration for the Full-Time Regular Diploma Course shall be 6 consecutive semesters and for the
Sandwich Diploma Course shall be 7 consecutive semesters and spread over 3 and 3 ½ academic years
respectively, and for Part-Time Diploma Course shall be 8 consecutive semesters spread over 4
academic years. Each semester shall have a minimum duration of 15 Weeks. One academic year
constitutes two semesters.
The minimum and maximum period for completion of Diploma Courses are as given below:
Minimum Maximum Regular Diploma Students 3 years 6 years
Lateral Entry Students 2 years 5 years
Sandwich Diploma Students 31/2 years 61/2 years
Part-Time Diploma Students 4 years 7 years
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 2 of 222
3. BRANCHES OF STUDY
Candidate may be offered at the time of admission, one of the following branches of study or such other
branches of study as may be instituted from time to time.
Branch Full-Time Diploma Course Part-Time Diploma Course Civil Engineering Regular or Sandwich Regular Mechanical Engineering Regular or Sandwich Regular Electrical & Electronics Engineering Regular or Sandwich Regular Electronics & Communication Engineering
Regular or Sandwich Regular
Computer Engineering Regular --- Mechanical Engineering (Tool & Die) Sandwich Regular Electronics (Robotics) Sandwich -----
4. SUBJECTS OF STUDY
The subjects of study shall include theory, practical and project work as detailed in the Curriculum for
Full-Time Regular, Sandwich and Part-Time Diploma Courses and Industrial training for Sandwich
Diploma Courses.
5. EVALUATION OF PERFORMANCE
5.1 THEORY SUBJECTS: The evaluation of students performance in each one of the theory
subjects, shall be by Continuous Assessment comprising three assessment tests, assignment,
attendance and an end-semester examination as mentioned below:
# 3 CA Tests shall be conducted and each shall be reduced to 5 marks making a total of 15 marks.
CA TEST
Syllabus Portion WHEN TO CONDUCT
Maximum Marks
Duration In Hrs
TEST-1 Unit-I 4th week 50 2
TEST-2 Unit-II & III 9th
week 50 2
TEST-3 Unit-IV & 50% of Unit V 13th week 50 2
Model Exam 15th week 75 3
Question paper pattern:
Part-A - Answer all 5 one mark question - 5 x 1 = 05Marks
Part-B - Answer any 5 out of 7 question of three marks each - 5 x 3 = 15Marks
Part-C - Answer any 3 out of 5 question of 10 marks each - 3 x 10 = 30Marks
Components Marks Max. Marks Continuous Assessment (CA) 25 CA Test I ,II & III # 15 Assignment* 5 Attendance** 5 End-Semester Examination*** 75
Total 100
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 3 of 222
* For each theory subject, at least three Assignments are to be given and the marks scored shall be
reduced to 5 marks.
** Marks for attendance shall be awarded only to candidates securing above 80% attendance (Minimum
required for completion of semesters, (vide clause 6)) i.e. 0.25 marks for each percent above 80%.
## Model Examination of 3 hour duration for 75 marks shall be conducted during the last week of the
semester to give more End Semester Examination Orientation.
5.2. PRACTICAL SUBJECTS: (a) For practical subject the Continuous Assessment marks shall be 25 and the End Semester Examination shall be 75. Continuous Assessment and End Semester Examination marks will be assigned as mentioned below:
$ Mid Semester Test Pattern:
It will be conducted in 8th and 9th week for 50 marks split up are given below and reduced to 10 marks:
Concept/Diagram/flowchart - 10 Marks
Connection/Tabulation/Compilation - 30 Marks
Result/Execution - 10 Marks
@ Each Exercise shall be evaluated in Mid Semester Test pattern and reduced to 10 marks.
$$ End Semester Exam Question pattern:
End semester Exam shall be conducted in the question paper pattern as described in the detailed
syllabus.
5.3 PROJECTWORK: The evaluation of Project work shall be based on Continuous Assessment
consisting of two periodical Reviews during final semester and End Semester Examination consisting of
written test, project report and viva-voce, demonstration and explanation.
5.4 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING: Industrial Training for Sandwich Diploma Course students will be evaluated
based on continuous assessment consisting of two periodical Reviews and End-Semester Evaluation of
Training Report and viva voce.
6. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENT FOR COMPLETION OF A SEMESTER
A student shall secure not less than 80% attendance during the semester for the completion of a
semester.
7. COURSE REPETITION
7.1 A student who secures less than 80% of attendance in a semester, has to repeat all the subjects of
that Semester (vide clause 6) in the next academic year on Readmission.
7.2 A student who has 80% or more attendance but not appeared even for any one End Semester
Examination is not eligible to continue the Consequent Semester. But he/she can repeat the same
semester by obtaining Readmission in the next Academic Year.
Components Marks Maximum Marks Continuous Assessment 25 Record - Average Mark of Expt./Exercises @ 10 Mid Semester Test $ 10 Attendance ** 5 End Semester Exam $$ 75
TOTAL 100
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 4 of 222
8. REQUIREMENTS FOR APPEARING IN END SEMESTER EXAMINATION
A candidate shall normally be permitted to appear for the end semester examination of the current
semester if he/she has satisfied the semester completion requirements (vide clause 6) and has
registered for examination in all subjects of the current semester and arrears of all the previous
semesters, if any.
9. SANDWICH DIPLOMA COURSE 9.1. The performance and attendance of a student of Sandwich Diploma Course during Industrial
Training has to be satisfactory to continue in the Sandwich Diploma Course, otherwise the student has to repeat the Industrial training or discontinue the Diploma Course. The Sandwich Diploma Course Industrial Training is regulated by the Apprenticeship Amendment Act 1983.
9.2. Sandwich Diploma Course students shall complete the industrial training for one year in two spells of
six months each during the course of study, first spell of Industrial Training during the fourth semester and the second spell during the seventh semester.
10. SUBJECTWISE PASSING REQUIREMENTS 10.1. For a pass in the Theory Subject, a student should secure a minimum of 30 marks out of 75 marks
in the End Semester Examination and 40 marks out of 100 marks, the Aggregate of Continuous Assessment marks and End Semester Examination marks.
10.2. For a pass in Practical Subject, a student should secure a minimum of 35 marks out of 75 marks
in the End Semester Examination and 50 marks out of 100 marks, the Aggregate of Continuous Assessment marks and End Semester Examination marks.
10.3. For a pass in the subject “Industrial training” for Sandwich Diploma Course, a student should
secure a minimum of 25 marks out of 50 marks in the End Semester Examination and 50 marks out of 100 marks, the Aggregate of Continuous Assessment marks and End Semester Examination marks.
10.4. For a pass in Project Work, a student should secure a minimum of 35 marks out of 75 marks in
end semester examination and 50 marks out of 100 marks, the Aggregate of Continuous Assessment marks and end semester examination marks.
10.5. If a student fails in a subject, the Continuous Assessment Marks obtained by him/her in the first
attempt shall be retained and considered valid for all subsequent attempts. 11. DISCIPLINE AND MALPRACTICE IN THE EXAMINATION
11.1. Every student is required to be disciplined and to have decorous behavior both inside and outside the campus and not to indulge in any activity, which will tend to bring down the prestige of the institution.
11.2. Any act of malpractices by a student during the examinations, such as copying from the answer books of other students, possession of cell phones, written / printed matters, showing / transferring answer books, discussing with other candidates etc., notified from time to time, shall be punishable as per DOTE norms.
12: CLASSIFICATION OF SUCCESSFUL CANDIDATES:
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 5 of 222
Classification of candidates who shall pass out the final examinations from April 2019 onwards (joined in first year in 2016-2017) shall be done as specified below.
12.1 First Class With Superlative Distinction A candidates shall be declared to have passed in First Class with Superlative Distinction if he/she secures not less than 75% of the marks in all the subjects and passes all the semesters in the first appearance itself and passes all subjects within the stipulated period of study 3/ 31/
2 /4 years (Full time/ Sandwich/Part Time) without any break in study.
12.2 First Class With Distinction
A candidate shall be declared to have passed in First Class with Distinction if he/she secures not less than 75% of the aggregate marks in all the semesters put together and passes all the semesters except the I and II semester in the first appearance itself and passes all subjects within the stipulated period of study 3/ 31/
2 /4 years (Full time/ Sandwich/Part Time) without any break in study.
12.3 First Class
A candidate shall be declared to have passed in First Class if he/ she secures not less than 60 % of the aggregate marks in all the semesters put together and passes all the subjects within the stipulated period of study 3/ 31/
2 /4 years (Full time/ Sandwich/Part Time) without any break in study. 12.4 Second Class All other successful candidates shall be declared to have passed in Second Class.
The above mentioned classifications are applicable for the Full Time Regular, Sandwich and Part Time students who pass out Final Examination from April / October 2019 onwards (joined in First Year in 2016-2017and Second Year Lateral entry in 2017-18)
13. DECLARATION OF RESULTS The results shall be declared after the approval of the marks and classification by the Awards Committee of the institution.
14. REVALUATION
Any candidate can apply for Photocopy of his/her answer script of any Theory subject; he/she had appeared, if he/she is not satisfied with the marks awarded to him/her in the subject. The candidate has to fill-in the prescribed application form and remit Rs.100/- per paper for obtaining the photocopy of the answer script within 10 days from the date of publication of results. After going through the Answer script if the candidate desires for re-valuation he/she has to pay a revaluation fee of Rs.400/- per paper, within 3 working days, after receipt of the photocopy of the answer script. The revaluation system is not applicable for Practical subjects, Project work and Industrial Training.
15. MARK SHEET 15.1. The Mark sheet shall be issued to each student at the end of each semester, up to final semester. 15.2. Transcript (consolidated Mark-sheet) shall be issued for the passed out student, at the end of the course. 15.3 Course Completion Certificate, and Conduct Certificate shall be issued for all candidates at the end
of the Course.
16. ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARD OF DIPLOMA A student shall be declared eligible for the award of the Diploma if he/she has:
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 6 of 222
16.1 Registered and successfully completed all the theory and practical subjects and project work (in the case of Full-Time Regular Diploma Course and Part-Time Diploma Courses) and in addition two spells of industrial training in the case of Sandwich Diploma Course (vide clause 9.2).
16.2. No dues to the institution.
17. ADDITIONAL CHANCE
Candidate will be given 6 more chances (3years) to complete the arrears after completing the course.
After exhausting all 6 chances they will be given 2 more Additional chances in the next calendar year
The minimum and maximum period for completion of Diploma Courses are as given:
Diploma Course Minimum
period
Maximum
period
After over the Maximum period
(Additional Chance)
Full Time 3 Years 6 Years 2 Chances in the next Calendar Year
Full Time (Lateral Entry) 2 Years 5 Years 2 Chances in the next Calendar Year
Sandwich 3 ½ Years 6 ½ Years 2 Chances in the next Calendar Year
Part Time 4 Years 7 Years 2 Chances in the next Calendar Year
18. AWARD OF DIPLOMA
The State Board of Technical Examination and Training, Department of Technical Education,
Tamilnadu awards the Diploma to the successful candidates on the recommendations of Awards
Committee of the institution.
19. BREAK OF STUDY
Students shall not be permitted to discontinue the course of study for a duration of more than three
years during any part of their course of study. However, for students for whom continuous break in
study is less than or equal to three years, prior permission of the Chairman, Board of Examination is
necessary to continue in the Diploma Course and to appear in the examination. Such students will be
awarded only Second Class.
20. DISCONTINUATION OF COURSE
Any student of first semester who has less than 80% attendance or who has 80% or more attendance
but not appeared even for any one of the end semester examination is not eligible for continuing the
Diploma course.
21. POWER TO MODIFY
Notwithstanding all that have been stated above the Academic Board of the institution has the right
to modify any of the above regulations from time to time.
*****
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 7 of 222
M-SCHEME CURRICULUM AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
DIPLOMA COURSE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (3 YEARS REGULAR)
I Semester
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 GEM 11 Communication Skills in
English 4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 GEM 12 Engineering
Mathematics – I 8 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 GEM 13 Engineering Physics - I 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 GEM 14 Engineering Chemistry - I
5 - 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 GEM 15 Engineering physics – I - Practical
- 2 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 GEM 16 Engineering chemistry – I - Practical
- 2 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 GEM 17 Engineering Graphics – I - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
8 GEM 18 Computer applications - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 22 13 800
II Semester
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 GEM 21 Engineering Mathematics – II
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 GEM 22 Applied Mathematics 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 GEM 23 Engineering Physics - II 4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 GEM 24 Engineering Chemistry - II
4 - 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 GEM 25 Communication Skills In English - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 GEM 26 Engineering Physics – II - Practical
- 2 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 GEM 27 Engineering Chemistry – II - Practical
- 2 3 25 75 35 100 50
8 GEM 28 Engineering Graphics – II - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
9 GEM 29 Workshop Practice - 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 18 17 900
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 8 of 222
III Semester
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 31 Strength of Materials 6 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 32 Manufacturing Technology-I
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 33 Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 MEM 34 Computer Aided Machine Drawing - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 MEM 35 Strength of Materials and Fluid Mechanics - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 MEM 36 Metrology and Metallography - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 MEM 37 Manufacturing Technology-I - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
Seminar 1 - - - - - - -
TOTAL 17 18 700
IV Semester
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 41 Applied Thermodynamics
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 42 Manufacturing Technology-II
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 43 Renewable Energy Sources and Energy Conservation
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 MEM 44 Electrical Drives and Control
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
5 MEM 45 Applied Thermodynamics - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 MEM 46 Electrical Drives and Control - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 MEM 47 Manufacturing Technology-II - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
Seminar 1 - - - - - - -
TOTAL 21 14 700
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 9 of 222
V Semester:
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 51 Design of Machine Elements
6 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 52 Thermal Engineering 6 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 53 Automobile Engineering 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 MEM 54 Elective – I (Theory) 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
5 MEM 55 Automobile Engineering - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 MEM 56 Machine Tool Testing and Maintenance - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 GEM 57 Life and Employability Skills - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
Seminar 1 - - - - - - -
TOTAL 23 12 700
VI Semester:
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM61 Industrial Engineering and Management
6 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 62 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 63 Elective – II (Theory) 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 MEM 64 Elective – III (Practical) - 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 MEM 65 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 MEM 66 Process Automation - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 MEM 67 Project Work - 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
Seminar 1 - - - - - - -
TOTAL 17 18 700
Elective – I (Theory):
Elective – III (Practical)
1. Total Quality Management
2. Press Tools
3. Process Planning and Cost Estimation
1. Robotics - Practical
2. Mechanical Instrumentation - Practical
3. Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning - Practical
Elective – II (Theory)
1. Robotics
2. Mechanical Instrumentation
3. Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning
T – Theory P – Practical ESE – End Semester Examination CAM – Continuous Assessment Mark ESM – End Semester Examination Mark
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 10 of 222
M-SCHEME CURRICULUM AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
DIPLOMA COURSE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (3 ½ YEARS SANDWICH)
I Semester
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 GEM 11 Communication Skills in English
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 GEM 12 Engineering Mathematics – I
8 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 GEM 13 Engineering Physics - I 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 GEM 14 Engineering Chemistry - I
5 - 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 GEM 15 Engineering physics – I - Practical
- 2 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 GEM 16 Engineering chemistry – I - Practical
- 2 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 GEM 17 Engineering Graphics – I - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
8 GEM 18 Computer applications - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 22 13 800
II Semester
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 GEM 21 Engineering
Mathematics – II 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 GEM 22 Applied Mathematics 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 GEM 23 Engineering Physics - II 4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 GEM 24 Engineering Chemistry - II
4 - 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 GEM 25 Communication Skills In English - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 GEM 26 Engineering Physics – II - Practical
- 2 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 GEM 27 Engineering Chemistry – II - Practical
- 2 3 25 75 35 100 50
8 GEM 28 Engineering Graphics – II - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
9 GEM 29 Workshop Practice - 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 18 17 900
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 11 of 222
III Semester:
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 31 Strength of Materials 6 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 32 Manufacturing Technology-I
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 33 Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 MEM 34 Computer Aided Machine Drawing - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 MEM 35 Strength of Materials and Fluid Mechanics - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 MEM 36 Metrology and Metallography - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 MEM 37 Manufacturing Technology-I - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
Seminar 1 - - - - - - -
TOTAL 17 18 700
IV Semester
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 42 Manufacturing Technology-II
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 47 Manufacturing Technology-II - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
3 MEM 48 Industrial Training - I - - 3 50 50 25 100 50
TOTAL 5 6 300
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 12 of 222
V Semester:
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 41 Applied Thermodynamics
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 43 Renewable Energy Sources and Energy Conservation
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 44 Electrical Drives and Control
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 MEM 51 Design of Machine Elements
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
5 MEM 54 Elective – I (Theory) 4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
6 MEM 45 Applied Thermodynamics - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 MEM 46 Electrical Drives and Control - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
8 GEM 57 Life and Employability Skills - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
Seminar 1 - - - - - - -
TOTAL 22 13 800
VI Semester:
Sl.No Subject Code
Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 52 Thermal Engineering 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 53 Automobile Engineering 4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 61 Industrial Engineering and Management
5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 MEM 62 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
5 MEM 55 Automobile Engineering - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 MEM 56 Machine Tool Testing and Maintenance - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 MEM 65 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing - Practical
- 6 3 25 75 35 100 50
8 MEM 66 Process Automation - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
Seminar 1 - - - - - - -
TOTAL 19 16 800
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 13 of 222
VII Semester:
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 63 Elective – II (Theory) 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 64 Elective – III (Practical) - 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
3 MEM 67 Project Work - 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
4 MEM74 Industrial Training - II - - 3 50 50 25 100 50
TOTAL 5 8 400
Elective – I (Theory): Elective – III (Practical)
1. Total Quality Management 2. Press Tools 3. Process Planning and Cost Estimation
1. Robotics - Practical 2. Mechanical Instrumentation - Practical 3. Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning -
Practical Elective – II (Theory)
1. Robotics 2. Mechanical Instrumentation 3. Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning
T – Theory P – Practical ESE – End Semester Examination CAM – Continuous Assessment Mark ESM – End Semester Examination Mark
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 14 of 222
M-SCHEME CURRICULUM AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
DIPLOMA COURSE IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING (4 YEARS PART-TIME)
I Semester
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 GEM 11 Communication Skills in
English 3 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 GEM 12 Engineering
Mathematics – I 5 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 GEM 13 Engineering Physics - I 3 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 GEM 14 Engineering Chemistry - I
3 - 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 GEM 15 Engineering physics – I - Practical
- 2 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 GEM 16 Engineering chemistry – I - Practical
- 2 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 GEM 18 Computer applications - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 14 7 700
II Semester
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 GEM 21 Engineering
Mathematics – II 3 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 GEM 22 Applied Mathematics 3 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 GEM 23 Engineering Physics - II 3 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 GEM 24 Engineering Chemistry - II
3 - 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 GEM 25 Communication Skills In English - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
6 GEM 26 Engineering Physics – II - Practical
- 11/2 3 25 75 35 100 50
7 GEM 27 Engineering Chemistry – II - Practical
- 11/2 3 25 75 35 100 50
8 GEM 17 Engineering Graphics – I - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 12 9 800
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 15 of 222
III Semester:
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM31 Strength of Materials 4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM33 Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 GEM28 Engineering Graphics - II - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
4 GEM29 Workshop Practice - 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 MEM35 Strength of Materials and Fluid Mechanics - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 8 10 500
IV Semester
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM32 Manufacturing Technology – I
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 43 Renewable Energy Sources and Energy Conservation
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 34 Computer Aided Machine Drawing - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
4 MEM 36 Metrology and Metallography - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 MEM 37 Manufacturing Technology – I - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 8 10 500
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 16 of 222
V Semester:
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 41 Applied Thermodynamics
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 42 Manufacturing Technology – II
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 45 Applied Thermodynamics - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
4 MEM 47 Manufacturing Technology – II - Practical
- 4 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 GEM 57 Life and Employability Skills - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 8 10 500
VI Semester:
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 44 Electrical Drives and Control
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 51 Design of Machine Elements
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 53 Automobile Engineering 4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 MEM 46 Electrical Drives and Control - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 MEM 55 Automobile Engineering - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 12 6 500
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 17 of 222
VII Semester:
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 52 Thermal Engineering 4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 54 Elective – I (Theory) 4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 62 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
4 MEM 56 Machine Tool Testing and Maintenance - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 MEM 65 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
TOTAL 12 6 500
VIII Semester:
Sl.No Subject
Code Subject Name
Hours/ Week
ESE Hrs
CAM
ESM Total Marks
T P Max. Min for a Pass
Max. Min for a Pass
1 MEM 61 Industrial Engineering and Management
4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
2 MEM 63 Elective – II (Theory) 4 - 3 25 75 30 100 40
3 MEM 64 Elective – III (Practical) - 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
4 MEM 66 Process Automation - Practical
- 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
5 MEM 67 Project Work - 3 3 25 75 35 100 50
Seminar 1 -
TOTAL 9 9 500
Elective – I (Theory):
Elective – III (Practical)
1. Total Quality Management 2. Press Tools 3. Process Planning and Cost Estimation
1. Robotics - Practical 2. Mechanical Instrumentation - Practical 3. Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning -
Practical Elective – II (Theory)
1. Robotics 2. Mechanical Instrumentation 3. Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning
T – Theory P – Practical ESE – End Semester Examination CAM – Continuous Assessment Mark ESM – End Semester Examination Mark
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 18 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : I
Subject Code & Name : GEM11 COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM11
Communication
Skills In English
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
4 60
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
RATIONALE:
In the current globalized environment there is a clear necessity for effective English
Communication skills for Diploma students. The English language has become a major
medium for communication across borders globally. To be successful in any field one need
to know and understand how to communicate effectively. Communication is the most
important skill required to professional practice in the global arena. At the end of the course
the student will be able to communicate well both verbally and in writing. Many jobs require
strong communication skills. Students with improved communication skills usually enjoy
better interpersonal relationships across different employment sectors throughout their
working life.
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No Topics Hours
I Grammar 12
II Grammar 12
III Grammar 12
IV Composition 10
V Composition 10
Revision and Tests 04
TOTAL 60
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 19 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT NO.
TOPIC CONTENT LEARNING OUTCOMES Hours
I Grammar
1. Pronunciation 2. Plurals 3. Naming words 4. Adjectives 5. Tense forms 6. Preposition 7. Articles
• Distinguish the pronunciation of past tense & plural endings
• Identify nouns & verbs
• Recognize and use adjectives and prepositions in speech and writing
• Differentiate tense forms
12
II Grammar
1. Spelling 2. Punctuation 3. Conversion 4. Lexical sets 5. Action words 6. Active/passive form.
• Recognize and spell the words
• Use capitals, commas and necessary punctuation.
• Convert words into other forms
• Build and expand vocabulary use
• Recognize & Distinguish active/passive forms
12
III Grammar
1. Direct & Indirect 2. speech 3. Question tag 4. Prefixes 5. Suffixes 6. Degrees of 7. comparison 8. Idioms & Phrases 9. Rearranging jumbled
words, 10. Giving directions.
• Convert from direct to indirect
• Add suitable question tags
• Use prefixes and suffixes appropriately
• Sort positive, comparative and superlative forms
• Identify and rearrange the words into sentences
• Write directions for the given road map
12
IV Composition
1. Comprehension, 2. Personal Letters, 3. Official Letters, 4. Short report writing 5. Verbal to visual
comprehension.
• Comprehend, interpret and analyze passage
• Identify and compose personal letters
• Recognize& use appropriate structure and write letters
• Recognize structure and use passive forms
• Organize& interpret the text into visual
10
V Composition
1. Description of events Writing about personal experiences
2. Writing short message
3. Advertisement writing 4. Linkers 5. Hints Development.
• Organize & write paragraph
• Write messages for given contexts
• Design an advertisement using relevant vocabulary
• Organize paragraph using linkers
• Develop hints by framing sentences
10
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 20 of 222
Text book:
• Communication Skills in English- Ms.S.Rajalakshmi&Ms.S.AnandhiMurugappa Polytechnic
College.
Reference Books:
1. Communication English I&II Govt. Of Tamil Nadu, Text BookDOTE.
2. Ramaya.Y ,“A Hand Book Of Spelling”, Indian Institute of Publishing, Chennai.
3. Wren&Martin, ’High School English Grammar & Composition, S.Chand&co., Ltd.,
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 21 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : I
Subject Code & Name : GEM12 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM12
Engineering
Mathematics - I
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
8 120
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No. Topics Hours
I Algebra – Determinants, Matrices and Binomial Theorem 24
II Complex Numbers 24
III Trigonometry 24
IV Differential Calculus – I 24
V Differential Calculus – II 24
TOTAL 120
RATIONALE:
This subject being a branch of “Logic” is classified as one of the basic sciences and
intends to teach students, basic facts, concepts and principles of mathematics as a tool to
analyze Engineering problems. Mathematics lay down foundation for understanding core
technology subjects.
OUTCOMES:
• Circuit oriented problems can be solved using determinants and matrices.
• To find the value of higher power of any number using Binomials.
• To solve equation having no real solutions.
• Can be applied in differential calculus and integral calculus as well as sinθ and cosθ
waves.
• Can be solved technical oriented problems, helpful to find the total differentiation and
higher order derivatives.
• Can be used in calculating management oriented problem like profit & loss etc.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 22 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT NAME OF TOPICS HOURS
I
Chapter 1.1 Determinants:
Definition and expansion of determinants of order 2 and 3. Properties of
determinants – simple problems. Solution of simultaneous equations using
Cramer’s rule (in 3 unknowns) – simple problems.
Chapter 1.2 Matrices:
Definition – Singular Matrix, Non-singular Matrix, Adjoint of a matrix and Inverse of
a matrix upto 3 x 3 only. Simple problems. Definition- Rank of a matrix. Finding
Rank of a matrix by determinant method (matrix of order 3 x 4) Simple problems.
Chapter 1.3 Binomial Theorem:
Definition of Factorial notation – Definition of Permutation and Combinations –
values of nPr and nCr (results only) [not for examination]. Binomial theorem for
positive integral index (statement only) - Expansion – Finding of general term,
middle term, coefficient of xn and term independent of x- Simple problems.
Binomial theorem for rational index upto 3 (statement only), Expansions only upto
3 for negative integers.
24
II
Chapter 2.1 Algebra Of Complex Numbers:
Definition – Real and imaginary parts, Conjugates, Modulus and amplitude form,
Polar form of a complex number, multiplication and division of complex numbers
(geometrical proof not needed) – Simple problems. Argand Diagram – Collinear
points, four points forming square, rectangle, rhombus and parallelogram only –
simple problems.
Chapter 2.2 Demoivre’s Theorem:
Demoivre’s Theorem (statement only) - related simple problems.
Chapter 2.3 Roots Of Complex Numbers:
Finding the nth roots of unity– solving equation of the form xn 1 =0 where n 8 –
simple problems.
24
III
Chapter 3.1 Compound Angles:
Expansion of sin(A B) , cos(A B) and tan(A B) [without proof]. Problems
using above expansions.
Chapter 3.2 Multiple Angles:
Trigonometrical ratios of multiple angles of 2A and 3A and sub multiple angles.
Simple problems.
Chapter 3.3 Sum And Product Formulae:
Trigonometrical ratios of sum and product formulae. Simple problems. – Standard
Identities – simple problems.
24
IV
Chapter 4.1 Limits: Definition of Limits. Problems using the following results:
(i) lim��� ������ �� �, (ii) lim��� ��� �� 1
(iii) lim��� ��� �� 1 ( � in radians) (results only) – Simple problems.
Chapter 4.2 Differentiation:
24
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 23 of 222
Definition – Differentiation of � , log �, ��, sin �, cos �, tan �, !"#�!�, sec �, cot �, % & ', uv, uvw, u/v ( v 0) (results only). Simple problems using the above
results. Chapter 4.3 Differentiation Methods: Differentiation of function of functions ( chain rule), Inverse Trigonometric functions and implicit functions - Simple problems.
V
Chapter 5.1 Successive Differentiation: Successive differentiation up to second order (Parametric form not included). Definition of differential equation, order and degree, formation of differential equation. Simple problems. Chapter 5.2 Partial Differentiation: Definition – Partial differentiation of two variables up to second order only -Simple problems. Chapter 5.3 Euler’s Theorem: Definition – Homogeneous function – Euler’s theorem (statement only) – simple problems
24
Text Book:
• Engineering Mathematics I - E.Geethalakshmi, Murugappa Polytechnic College, Chennai-62.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Mathematics I ,II& IV –E.Geethalakshmi, Murugappa Polytechnic College,
Chennai-62.
2. Mathematics for Higher Secondary – I year and II year (Tamil Nadu Text Book Corporation)
3. Engineering Mathematics – Dr.M.K.Venkatraman, National Publishing Co, Chennai.
4. Engineering Mathematics – Dr.P.Kandasamy& Others. S.Chand& Co Ltd, New Delhi.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 24 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : I
Subject Code & Name : GEM13 ENGINEERING PHYSICS - I
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM13
Engineering
Physics - I
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
5 75
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No. Topics Hours
I S I Units And Statics 15
II Properties of Matter 15
III Dynamics – I 15
IV Dynamics – II 15
V Sound and Magnetism 15
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
At the end of the completion of the course, the students shall be able to:
• Understand the importance of SI units and dimensional formulas.
• Acquire broad ideas about resultant, moment of a force and torque of a couple.
• Understand the elastic property and the types of modulii of elasticity.
• Explain the surface tension of liquids and viscosity of fluids.
• Acquire knowledge about projectile motion, circular motion and its application.
• Gain knowledge about rotational kinetic energy and angular momentum.
• Acquire broader ideas about variation of acceleration with respect to height and its
importance in launching satellites and concept of weightlessness.
• Understand the propagation of sound and acoustics of buildings.
• Explain the importance of hysteresis of magnetic materials and its uses.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 25 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I
SI UNITS AND STATICS
1.1 Units and Measurement :
Unit-Definition-Fundamental Quantities-Definition-Seven fundamental
quantities; their SI units and symbol for the units-Dimensional formula for
length, mass and time -Supplementary quantities-plane angle and solid
angle; their SI units and symbol for the units.
Derived physical quantities-Definition-SI units, symbol for the units and
derivation of dimensional formula for area, volume, density, velocity,
momentum, acceleration, force, impulse, work or energy and power.
Conventions followed in SI-Multiples & sub-multiples and prefixes of units.
1.2 Statics:
Scalar and vector quantities – Definitions and examples – Concurrent
forces and coplanar forces – Definition - Resolution of a vector into two
perpendicular components- Resultant and equilibrant – Definitions-
Parallelogram law of forces- statement- Expressions for magnitude and
direction of the resultant of two forces acting at a point with an acute angle
between them - Lami’s theorem- Statement and explanation- Experimental
verification of parallelogram law of forces and Lami’s theorem. Simple
problems based on expressions for magnitude and direction of resultant.
Moment of a force- Clockwise and anti-clockwise moments - Principle of
moments- Couple – Torque acting due to a couple – Experimental
determination of mass of the given body using principle of moments.
15
II
PROPERTIES OF MATTER
2.1 Elasticity:
Elastic and plastic bodies – Definition - stress, strain - Definitions – Hooke’s
law –statement - three types of strain– Elastic and plastic limit – Elastic
behavior of a material, stress- strain curve , elastic range, elastic limit,
yield point, plastic limit and breaking point - Young’s modulus, Bulk
modulus, Rigidity modulus and Poisson’s ratio – Definitions - Uniform and
non uniform bending of beams- Explanation. Simple problems based on
stress, strain and Young’s modulus.
2.2 Viscosity:
Viscosity – Definition - Coefficient of viscosity- Definition, SI unit and
dimensional formula - Stream line flow, turbulent flow-Explanation - Critical
velocity –Definition- Reynolds number - Experimental comparison of
coefficient of viscosity of two low viscous liquids – Terminal velocity –
Definition – Experimental determination of coefficient of viscosity of a high
viscous liquid by Stokes’ method – Practical applications of viscosity.
2.3 Surface Tension:
Surface tension & angle of contact- Definitions -Explanation for capillary
15
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 26 of 222
rise and dip - Expression for surface tension of a liquid by capillary rise
method - Experimental determination of surface tension of water by
capillary rise method – Practical applications of capillarity. Simple problems
based on expression for surface tension.
III
DYNAMICS – I
3.1. Projectile motion:
Introduction – Newton’s Laws of motion – Fundamental Equations of
motion for objects – horizontal motion – falling freely – thrown vertically
upwards. Projectile motion, angle of projection, trajectory, maximum
height, time of flight, and horizontal range – Definitions - Expressions for
maximum height, time of flight and horizontal range – Condition for getting
the maximum range of the projectile- Derivation of the equation to show
that the trajectory of the projectile is a parabola. Simple problems based on
expressions for maximum height, time of flight and horizontal range.
3.2 Circular Motion:
Circular motion, angular velocity, period and frequency of revolutions–
Definitions – Relation between linear velocity and angular velocity –
Relation between angular velocity, period and frequency – Normal
acceleration, centripetal force and centrifugal force – Definitions –
Expressions for normal acceleration and centripetal force. Simple problems
based on expression for centripetal force.
3.3 Application Of Circular MotioN:
Banking of curved paths – Angle of banking – Definition – Expression for
the angle of banking of a curved path. { tan θ = v 2 / (r g) }Simple problems
based on expression for angle of banking.
15
IV
DYNAMICS – II
4.1 Rotational Motion Of Rigid Bodies:
Rigid body – Definition - Moment of inertia of a particle about an axis,
moment of inertia of a rigid body about an axis – expressions – Radius of
gyration – Definition – Expression for the kinetic energy of a rotating rigid
body about an axis – Angular momentum – Definition – Expression for the
angular momentum of a rotating rigid body about an axis – Law of
conservation of angular momentum – Examples.
4.2 Gravitation:
Newton’s laws of gravitation – Acceleration due to gravity on the surface of
earth –Difference between mass and weight of a body – Expression for
variation of acceleration due to gravity with altitude – Concept of
weightlessness.
4.3 Satellites:
Satellites – Natural and artificial – Escape velocity and orbital
velocity – Definitions – Expression for escape velocity – Expressions for
orbital velocity and period of revolution of a satellite around earth – Geo-
stationary and polar satellites – Uses of artificial satellites.
15
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 27 of 222
Simple problems based on expressions for escape velocity, orbital velocity
and period of revolution.
V
SOUND AND MAGNETISM
5.1 Sound:
Wave motion – Introduction and definition – Progressive waves,
longitudinal and transverse waves – Examples and comparison –
Amplitude, wave length, period and frequency of a wave – Definitions -
Relation between wavelength, frequency and velocity of a wave -
Stationary or standing waves.
Vibrations - Free & forced vibrations and resonance – definitions and
examples –Laws of transverse vibrations of a stretched string – Sonometer
– Experimental determination of frequency of a tuning fork.
Acoustics of buildings – Echo – Reverberation, Reverberation time
Sabine’s formula for reverberation time(no derivation) - Coefficient of
absorption of sound energy - Noise pollution. Simple problems based on
expression for frequency of vibration.
5.2 Magnetism:
Coulomb’s laws of magnetism – Pole strength and unit pole – Definitions –
Magnetic moment, intensity of magnetization, hysteresis, saturation,
retentivity and coercivity – Definitions - Method of drawing hysteresis loop
of a specimen using a solenoid – Uses of Hysteresis loop.
Simple problem based on intensity of magnetization.
15
Text Books:
1) Higher secondary Physics – First year – Volume I & II – Tamil Nadu text book Corporation,
Chennai. 2004.
2) Anwar Kamal - Intermediate physics – Volume I & II– Foundation books PrivateLtd. 2008.
3) Engineering physics I –P. Indira & M. Eswari-–Murugappa Polytechnic College
Reference Books:
1) Resnick and Haliday -- Physics –– Wisley Toppan publishers – England
2) B.L.Theraja- Engineering Physics –– S. Chand Publishers, New Delhi.
3) R.L. Saighal& H.R. Sarna -- A text book of sound –– S. Chand & Co., New Delhi .
4) Narayana Kurup --Mechanics –– S. Chand Publishers, New Delhi.
5) Srivatsava – Electricity and Magnetism - S. Chand & Co., New Delhi.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 28 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : I
Subject Code & Name : GEM14 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY- I
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM13
Engineering
Chemistry - I
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
5 75
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No. Topics Hours
I Atomic Structure, Molecular mass, Acids and Bases and pH scale.
15
II Solutions, Colloids, Nano –Particles 15
III Technology of Water, Catalysis, Glass 15
IV Electrochemistry, Energy Sources, Photochemistry 15
V Corrosion, Methods of Prevention of corrosion, Organic coatings
15
TOTAL 75
RATIONALE:
The subject Engineering Chemistry creates foundation for understanding basic concepts of
chemistry and its effects on Engineering Materials. Engineering Chemistry also imparts knowledge
of properties of materials and protecting them from corrosion and selecting right types of materials
used in various fields of Engineering and Industry.
OUTCOMES:
At the end of the completion of the course, the students shall be able to:
• To study about the importance of Engineering Chemistry in industry.
• To acquire knowledge about atomic structure, molecular mass, acids and bases.
• To gain knowledge about solutions, colloidal particles and nano-particles.
• To enhance their knowledge about hardness of water, catalysis and glass.
• To explain the details of electrochemistry, energy sources and photochemistry.
• To study about the importance of corrosion and its prevention methods.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 29 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topics Hours I
ATOMIC STRUCTURE, MOLECULAR MASS, ACIDS AND BASES
AND pH SCALE
1.1 Atomic Structure:
Atom-Definition-Fundamental particles of Atom-their Mass, charge and
location- -Atomic number and Mass number-Definition-Isotopes and
Isobars- Definition with suitable examples-Formation of cation and anion
by electronic concept of oxidation and reduction-Octet rule- Formation of
electrovalent compound (NaCl)-Formation of covalent compound (NH3 ).
1.2 Molecular Mass:
Molecule - Molecular formula - Molecular Mass – Mole – Definition -
Simple calculations - Avogadro’s Hypothesis Application - Relationship
between Molecular Mass and Vapour Density - Avogadro’s Number –
Definition - Simple Problems.
1.3 Acids & Bases and pH Scale:
Theories of Acids and Bases – Arrehenius Theory – Lowry Bronsted
Theory – Lewis Theory – Advantages of Lewis theory –Definition of pH
and pOH – Numerical problems – Indicators – Acid-base concept of
indicators (Basic ideas) – Buffer Solution – Definition – Types and
examples – Application of pH control in industries
15
II
SOLUTIONS, COLLOIDS, NANO-PARTICLES
2.1. Solutions:
Definition – Methods of Expressing Concentrations of solutions:
Percentage by mass and volume, Molarity, Molality, Mole-fraction and
Normality – Simple numerical problems.
2.2 Colloids:
True solutions and colloidal solutions - Definition – Differences between
true and colloidal solutions –Types of Colloidal solutions – Sols – Lyophillic
and Lyophobic sols and differences between them – Properties – Tyndall
Effect, Brownian Movement, Electrophoresis and Coagulation – Industrial
applications – Smoke precipitation (Cottrell’s Method), Purification of
drinking water, Cleaning action of soap, Disposal of sewage and Tanning
of leather.
2.3 Nano-Particles:
Definition-Importance of Nano particles-Area of application-Medicine,
Electronics and Biomaterials.
15
III
TECHNOLOGY OF WATER, CATALYSIS, GLASS
3.1 Technology Of Water:
Sources – depletion of underground water - reasons – Rainwater
harvesting (Basic ideas) – advantages – hard and soft water – Hardness
of water - carbonate, non-carbonate hardness – methods of expressing
hardness – mg/litre, ppm – simple problems – Estimation of total hardness
15
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 30 of 222
by EDTA method – problems involving total, carbonate, non-carbonate
hardness in ppm – softening of hard water – Ion-exchange method,
Reverse Osmosis method – Municipal water supply – purification
(sedimentation, filtration and sterilization) – Disadvantages of hard water in
boilers – Scale formation, Corrosion of boiler metal, Caustic Embitterment
– Priming and Foaming.
3.2 Catalysis:
Catalyst- positive catalyst-Negative Catalyst- Definition-Types of catalysis-
Homogeneous and Heterogeneous- promoter-catalyst poison-Definition-
Characteristics of a catalyst- Industrial applications of catalyst.
3.3 Glass:
Definition- Manufacture of Glass-varieties of Glass-Optical Glass,
Windshield Glass and photo chromatic Glass.
IV
ELECTROCHEMISTRY, ENERGY SOURCES, PHOTOCHEMISTRY
4.1 Electrochemistry :
Electrolytes – Differences between metal and electrolyte conduction -
Strong and weak electrolytes – Definition – examples – Electrolysis –
definition – mechanism – Industrial applications of electrolysis –
electroplating –preparation of surface – factors affecting the stability of the
coating – Chrome plating – Electroless plating – definition – advantages
over electroplating – applications of Electroless plating.
4.2 Energy Sources:
Primary, Secondary and fuel batteries – Primary battery – definition and
example – Dry cell – construction and working – Secondary battery -
definition and example – Lead acid storage cell – construction and working
– Nickel/Cadmium battery - construction and working – Fuel cell -
definition and example – H2/O2 fuel cell (green cell) –Non conventional
Energy sources- Solar cells – Definition-principle, construction, working
and uses.
4.3 Photochemistry:
Introduction – important terms- charge transfer, electronic energy
migration, emission, excited state, frequency, ground state, fluorescence,
Phosphorescence, chemiluminescence.
15
V
CORROSION, METHODS OF PREVENTION OF CORROSION,
ORGANIC COATINGS
5.1 Corrosion:
Definition –types – Theories of corrosion – Galvanic cell formation theory –
Differential aeration theory – Factors influencing rate of corrosion.
5.2 Methods of Prevention of Corrosion:
Control of environment – Alloying, Surface coating – Metal coating –
Electroplating, Galvanisation and Tinning – Inorganic coating – Anodising
and Phosphating – Cathodic protection – Sacrificial anode and Impressed
Voltage methods.
5.3 Organic Coatings:
Paints – definition – components of paints and their functions – Varnish –
15
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 31 of 222
Definition – types – preparation of oil varnish – Difference between paint &
varnish – special paints – Luminescent, heat resistant, fire retardant, Anti –
fouling paints – cement paint, aluminium paint & distemper.
Text Book:
• Engineering Chemistry I for Polytechnic college-K.Rajalakshmi&T.Kanmani –Murugappa
Polytechnic College.
Reference Books:
1. Soni PL - Inorganic chemistry – Sultan Chand & sons.
2. Soni PL - Organic chemistry - Sultan Chand & sons.
3. Jain & Jain - Engineering chemistry - Dhanpat rai & co
4. Uppal - Engineering chemistry - Khanna publishers
5. Dara .S.S - Environmental chemistry & Pollution control - S.Chand& co
6. Tripathy .S.N - Environmental Pollution - Sunakar panda - Vrinda
Publication
7. Rain water Harvesting-hand book by Chennai Metro Water
8. Higher Chemistry Book Volume I and II, Tamilnadu Text Book Corporation, Chennai.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 32 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : I
Subject Code & Name : GEM15 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – I PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM15
Engineering
Physics – I
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
2 30
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
RATIONALE:
In diploma level engineering education skill development plays a vital role. The skill
development can be achieved by on hand experience in handling various instruments, apparatus
and equipment. This is accomplished by doing engineering related experiments in practical classes
in various laboratories.
� GUIDELINES: All the Nine experiments given in the list of experiments should be completed
and given for the end semester practical examination.
� In order to develop best skills in handling Instruments / Equipments and taking readings in
the practical classes, every two students should be provided with a separate experimental
setup for doing experiments in the laboratory.
� The external examiners are requested to ensure that a single experimental question should
not be given to more than four students while admitting a batch of 30 students during Board
Examinations.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 33 of 222
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS WITH OBJECTIVES:
1. MICROMETER (SCREW GAUGE).
To measure the thickness of the given irregular glass plate using micrometer. To determine the
area of the glass plate using a graph sheet and to calculate the volume of the glass plate.
2. VERNIER CALIPERS
To measure the length and diameter of the given solid cylinder using vernier calipers and to
calculate the volume of the solid cylinder.
3. CONCURRENT FORCES
To verify the parallelogram law of forces and Lami’s theorem.
4. PRINCIPLE OF MOMENTS
To determine the mass of the given body using principle of moments.
5. COMPARISION OF VISCOSITIES
To compare the coefficient of viscosities of two low viscous liquid by capillary flow method.
6. STOKES’ METHOD
To determine the coefficient of viscosity of a high viscous liquid.
7. SURFACE TENSION
To determine the surface tension of water by capillary rise method.
8. SONOMETER
To determine the frequency of the given tuning fork.
9. DEFLECTION MAGNETOMETER
To compare the magnetic moments of the two bar magnets using deflection magnetometer in
TanA position, by equal distance method.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 34 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : I
Subject Code & Name : GEM16 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY – I PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM16
Engineering
Chemistry – I
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
2 30
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
RATIONALE:
All matter is made up of chemicals. Knowledge of chemistry is essential to study all branches of
Engineering in order to know about the different engineering materials used in day-to-day life and in
different branches of study. The amount of chemical substances present in a given sample is taught
through Quantitative analysis. The quantity analysis is introduced through Volumetric analysis in the
first semester of the study.
OBJECTIVE:
• To impart knowledge about volumetric analysis in Acidimetric, Alkalimetry and
Permanganometry.
• To give knowledge about estimation of hardness present in the water.
• To give knowledge about measurement of pH in various solutions.
Acidimetry and Alkalimetry: 1. Estimation of sodium hydroxide.
2. Estimation of sodium carbonate.
3. Estimation of sulphuric acid.
4. Estimation of oxalic acid.
5. Comparison of Sodium hydroxide solutions.
6. Comparison of Sulphuric acid solutions.
7. Comparison of Hydrochloric acid solutions.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 35 of 222
Permanganometry:
8. Estimation of ferrous sulphate.
9. Estimation of Mohr’s salt.
10. Comparison of potassium permanganate.
Water Analysis:
11. Estimation of total hardness of a water sample using EDTA.
12. Determination of pH using a pH meter and calculation of hydrogen ion concentrations in the solutions.
Reference Books:
1. Vogel – Analytical chemistry – Pearson publications.
2. Dr.Sudha rani – Laboratory manual on engineering chemistry Dhanpat rai publications.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 36 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : I
Subject Code & Name : GEM17 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS – I PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM17
Engineering
Graphics – I
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
6 90
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Topics Details Hours
a)
b)
Drawing office practice, Lettering andDimensions. Introduction to
Orthographic Projection, Geometric Constructions, Construction of
Polygon (Manual Drafting and ComputerAided Drafting)
Practice on CAD
15
16
c)
d)
Constructions of conicsections.(Manual Drafting and
Computer Aided Drafting)
Constructions of special curves.(Manual Drafting)
15
10
e)
f)
Projection of points and
Projection of straight lines.(Manual Drafting) 17
g) Projection of solids.(Manual Drafting and
Computer Aided Drafting) 17
TOTAL 90
RATIONALE:
Engineering graphics is a basic subject for all branches of Diploma Engineering and
Technology. Since engineering drawing is considered as the language of engineers, the proper
understanding and practice is required with proper instruments.
This subject is aimed at providing basic understanding of the fundamentals of Engineering
Drawing; mainly visualization, graphics theory, standards & conventions of drawing, the tools of
drawing and the use of Drawings in engineering applications.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 37 of 222
The topics covered are based on the syllabus for Diploma studies in engineering. The
subject is planned to include sufficient practices which would help the student in visualization of
three dimensional objects and developing the drawing.
The chapters are arranged in sequence and starts from the basic concepts of geometrical
constructions & engineering curves, proceeds to the principles of projection techniques. By the end
of the subject it is expected that the students would be matured to visualize any engineering
component by reading an engineering drawing.
OUTCOMES:
• Ability to make free-hand sketching of objects.
• Able to dimension the shape details clearly.
• To construct conicsection and special curves in manual and CAD.
• To understand the concepts and draw the projection of solids.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Topics Details Hours
a)
b)
Drawing office practice (Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting)
Importance of engineering drawing – drawing instruments: drawing board,
mini drafter, compass, divider, protractor, drawing sheets etc., - layout of
drawing sheets.
Importance of legible lettering and numbering – single stroke letters – upper
case and lower case letters-general procedures for lettering and numbering –
height of letters – guidelines.
Introduction to Orthographic Projection.
Dimensioning(Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting)
Need for dimensioning – terms and notations as per BIS – Dimension line,
Extension line and Leader line – Methods of dimensioning – Importance of
dimensioning rules – Exercises.
Scales – Study of scales – full size scale, reduced scale and enlarged scale.
Geometric Constructions(Manual Drafting)
Geometric constructions: Bisect a line – bisect an arc – bisect given angle –
divide straight line into number of equal parts – divide the circle into number of
equal divisions – draw an arc touching two lines at any angle – draw an arc
touching two arcs.
Construction of Polygon. (Manual Drafting).
Construct triangle, rectangle, pentagon and hexagon by side distance in
various positions – construction by inscribe & circumscribe a circle and by
angle.
15
Practice on CAD
Starting Auto CAD-Setting up of a new drawing- Creating a new drawing-
Drawing units -Limits - Grid and Snap-Menus and Tool Bars-Save-Open and
exiting drawing.
Draw command:Line,Circle,Arc,Polygon,Ellipse,Rectangle,Hatch,
16
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 38 of 222
Mtext, Pline.
Modify Commands- Erase – Copy, Mirror, Offset, Array, Move, Rotate, Scale,
Stretch, Lengthen, Trim, Extend, Break, Chamfer, Fillet, Explode, Pedit.
Object Snap methods, Dimensions commands.
Other useful commands- Zoom, Plot, Ltype, Block, Insert, and Divide.
c) Constructions of conic sections. (Manual Drafting and Computer Aided
Drafting)
Conic section: Cone – conic sections- Definition of locus, focus, directrix,
axis, vertex and eccentricity- Definition: ellipse and parabola
Ellipse: Construction of ellipse with tangent and normal by concentric circle
method, rectangular method and eccentricity method when focus and directrix
are given - exercises.
Parabola:Construction of parabola with tangent and normal by rectangular
method, parallelogram method and eccentricity method when focus and
directrix are given – exercises.
15
d) Constructions of special curves. (Manual Drafting )
Special curves: Definition - constructions of cycloid –
epicycloid – hypocycloid – exercises.
Involutes of a circle – Archimedean spiral – helix – exercises.
10
e) Projection of points. (Manual Drafting )
Projection of points – points on the different quadrants and on the reference
planes.
17 f) Projection of straight lines. (Manual Drafting )
Projection of straight line – parallel to one plane and perpendicular to other
plane –inclined to one plane and parallel to the other plane – parallel to both
the planes – inclined to both the planes-exercises.
g) Projection of solids (Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting)
Introduction – important terms – classification of solids – polyhedron -- solids
of revolution.
Projections of solids in simple positions – axis parallel to one plane and
perpendicular to other plane – axis inclined to one plane and parallel to other
plane – axis parallel to both planes – exercises in prisms,pyramids,cylinder
and cone.
17
Text Books:
• GEM 17 Engineering Graphics-I, Murugappa Polytechnic College, 2016.
Reference Books:
1. Gill P.S., “Engineering drawings”, S.K.Kataria& Sons.
2. Bhat N.D. “Engineering drawings”, Charotar Publishing house.
3. Gopalakrishnan.K.R., “Engineering drawing”, (Vol.I and vol.II), Dhanalakshmi publishers, Ed.2,
1970
4. Venugopal.K,Sreekanjana G, “Engineering Graphics” New Age International Publishers.
5. K V Nataraajan “A Text Book of Engineering drawing”.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 39 of 222
LIST OF EXERCISES:
a) Lettering Practice: 1.Exercise on Manual Drawing 2. Exercise on CAD
b) Dimensioning Practice & : 3.Exercise on Manual Drawing Geometric construction 4. Exercise on CAD
c) Conic section – I: 5.Exercise on Manual Drawing
6. Exercise on CAD
d) Conic section – II: 7.Exercise on Manual Drawing 8. Exercise on CAD
e) Special curves: 9. Exercise on Manual Drawing
f) Projection of points: 10. Exercise on Manual Drawing
g) Projection of lines: 11. Exercise on Manual Drawing
h) Projection of solids: 12. Exercise on Manual Drawing 13. Exercise on CAD
REQUIREMENTS:
• Drawing Tables and Computers with AutoCAD software package.
Continuous Assessments Marks:
1. Class work – Submission of drawing sheets : 10 marks
2. Test : 10 marks
3. Attendance : 05 marks
TOTAL : 25 marks
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 40 of 222
SCHEME OF EVALUATION Question No. Allocation
Marks
Manual CAD
1 a) Lettering b) Dimensioning
04 06
04 06
2 CAD Practice (Any one special drawing) ---- 10
3 Conics(Either or Type) 07 07
4 Special Curves (either or type) 10 ----
5 Projection of Points / Lines (Either or Type) 05 ----
6 Projection of Solids 08 08
TOTAL 40 35
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 41 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : I
Subject Code & Name : GEM18 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM18
Computer
Applications
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
3 45
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
At the end of the completion of the course, the students shall be able to:
• Perform the basic operations on files and folders in Windows
• Prepare the documents with pictures in a word processor
• Analyse the data in row-wise and column-wise including charts in a Spreadsheet
• Find the records based on the criteria in a spreadsheet
• Visualise the data in various formats using presentation software
• Execute the data and store the data in a database
• Make the data report from a database
LIST OF EXERCISES:
1. Setting the user working environments in Windows through the Control Panel.
2. Managing files and folders by using the Windows explorer.
3. Creating and formatting the content of a file in Word processor.
4. Inserting table and pictures in a Word processor files.
5. Creating a Mail-merge application in a Word processor.
6. Creating and formatting the data in a Spreadsheet
7. Calculating row-wise and column-wise data using formulae in a Spreadsheet.
8. Create a separate table based on criteria by using auto filter feature in a spreadsheet.
9. Inserting and formatting Charts for a series of data in Spreadsheet.
10. Creating a simple presentation in Presentation software
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 42 of 222
11. Prepare a presentation using table and pictures in a Presentation software
12. Creating a presentation using various transitions and sounds in Presentation software
13. Creating an application format and entering the data in a database.
14. Generating a data report of an application in a database.
Reference Book:
• “GEM18 Computer Applications Practical manual”, Dept. of Computer Engg.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Question –A
1 Procedure 15
2 Execution 15
3 Result/Output 05
Question -B
5 Procedure 15
6 Execution 15
3 Result/Output 05
4 Viva voce 05
TOTAL 75
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 43 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : II
Subject Code & Name : GEM21 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS - II
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM21
Engineering
Mathematics - II
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
5 75
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No. Topics Hours
I Analytical Geometry 15
II Vector Algebra – I 15
III Vector Algebra – II 15
IV Integral Calculus – I 15
V Integral Calculus - II 15
TOTAL 75
RATIONALE:
In many fields of Engineering, there are situations where in the effects due to various factors
can be calculated only in a smaller region. To calculate the total effect or effect over a larger region
the Integration concept is used. Integration plays vital role in many fields of Engineering.
OBJECTIVES:
The student will be able to acquire knowledge of algebra of vectors and its application in
finding work done, moment, volumes to acquire knowledge of Integration principles and different
methods of Integration.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 44 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit No.
Name Of The Topics Hours
I
Chapter 1.1 Equation Of Circle:
Equation of circle – given centre and radius. General equation of circle – finding
centre and radius. Equation of circle on the line joining the points (x1 , y1) and
(x2,y2) as diameter. Simple problems.
Chapter 1.2 Family Of Circles:
Concentric circles, contact of two circles (Internal and External) – Simple
problems. Orthogonal circles (results only). Problems verifying the condition.
Chapter 1.3 Introduction To Conic Section:
Definition of a Conic, Focus, Directrix and Eccentricity. General equation of a
conic ax2 + 2hxy + by2 + 2gx + 2fy + c = 0 (statement only). Condition for conic (i)
for circle: a=b and h = 0 (ii) for pair of straight line (� ) *) + ,* , !( = 0 (iii) for
parabola: h2 –ab =0 (iv) for ellipse: h2 –ab < 0 and (v) for hyperbola: h2 –ab >0.
Simple problems. Pair of straight line passing through origin – simple problems.
15
II
Chapter 2.1 Vector – Introduction:
Definition of vector – types, addition and subtraction of vectors. Properties of
addition and subtraction. Position vector. Resolution of vector in two and three
dimensions. Direction cosines, Direction ratios. Simple problems.
Chapter 2.2 Scalar Product Of Vectors:
Definition of Scalar product of two vectors – Properties - Angle between two
vectors. Simple problems.
Chapter 2.3 Application Of Scalar Product:
Geometrical meaning of scalar product. Work done by Force. Simple problems.
15
III
Chapter 3.1 Vector Product Of Two Vectors:
Definition of vector product of two vectors. Geometrical meaning. Properties –
Angle between two vectors - unit vector perpendicular to two vectors. Simple
problems.
Chapter 3.2 Application Of Vector Product Of Two Vectors & Scalar Triple
Product:
Definition of moment of a force. Definition of scalar product of three vectors –
Geometrical meaning – Coplanar vectors. Simple problems.
Chapter 3.3 Vector Triple Product & Product Of More Vectors:
Definition of vector triple product, Scalar and Vector product of four vectors.
Simple Problems.
15
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 45 of 222
IV
Chapter 4.1 Integration – Decomposition Method:
Introduction – Definition of Integration – Integral values using reverse process of
differentiation – Integration using decomposition method. Simple problems.
Chapter 4.2 Integration By Substitution:
Integrals of the form-.,/�01 ,′/�02�, n -1, - 3′/�03/�0 2� and- 4.,/�01,′/�02�.
Simple problems.
Chapter 4.3 Standard Integrals:
Integrals of the form - 5��6&�6 , - 5��6�6 , - 5�√�6�6 and - 8�9:��69;�9< 2�(denominator
can be factorized). Simple Problems.
15
V
Chapter 5.1 Integration By Parts:
Integrals of the form - �#=���2� , - �!"#��2� , - �� �2� , - � >"*�2� and - >"*�2� . Simple problems.
Chapter 5.2 Bernoulli’s Formula:
Evaluation of the integrals - �?#=���2� , - �?!"#��2� and - �?� �2� where
m 2 using Bernoulli’s formula. Simple problems.
Chapter 5.3 Definite Integrals:
Definition of definite integral. Properties of definite integrals – Simple problems.
15
Text Book:
• Engineering Mathematics II –E.Geethalakshmi, Murugappa Polytechnic College,
Chennai-62.
Reference Book:
1. Engineering Mathematics II& III –E.Geethalakshmi, Murugappa Polytechnic College,
Chennai-62.
2. Mathematics for Higher Secondary – I year and II year (Tamil Nadu Text Book Corporation)
3. Engineering Mathematics – Dr.M.K.Venkatraman, National Publishing Co, Chennai.
4. Engineering Mathematics – Dr.P.Kandasamy& Others. S.Chand& Co Ltd, New Delhi.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 46 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : II
Subject Code & Name : GEM22 APPLIED MATHEMATICS
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM22
Applied
Mathematics
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
5 75
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No. Topics Hours
I Probability Distribution – I 15
II Probability Distribution – II 15
III Application of differentiation 15
IV Application of Integration – I 15
V Application of Integration – II 15
TOTAL 75
RATIONALE:
Many of Physical Engineering Problems like vibration of two side tied strings. Heat flow,
decaying of radioactive material comes only in the form of differential equation; solution of
differential equation gives solution of Physical problems.
OBJECTIVES:
This subject helps the students to acquire knowledge of finding areas and volumes using
Integration and various methods of solving first and second order differential equations. This subject
also helps the students to become aware of Binomial, Poisson and Normal distributions which can
be used in Quality control. Knowledge can be had in solving electronic oriented problems.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 47 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name Of the Topic Hours
I
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION – I
Chapter 1.1 Random Variable:
Definition of Random variable – Types – Probability mass function – Probability
density function, simple problems.
Chapter 1.2 Mathematical Expectation:
Mathematical Expectation of discrete random variable, mean and variance.
Simple problems.
Chapter 1.3 Binomial Distribution:
Definition of Binomial distribution P(X=x) = nCxpxqn-x where x = 0,1,2,…n
statement only. Expression for mean and variance. Simple problems.
15
II
PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION II
Chapter 2.1 Poisson Distribution:
Definition of Poisson distribution P(X=x) = @ABCD
�! where x = 0,1,2…n (statement
only). Expressions of mean and variance. Simple problems.
Chapter 2.2 Normal Distribution:
Definition of normal and standard normal distribution – statement only.
Constants of normal distribution (Results only). Properties of normal distribution
– simple problems using the table of standard normal distribution.
Chapter 2.3 Curve Fitting:
Fitting of straight line using least square method (Results only). Simple
problems.
15
III
APPLICATION OF DIFFERENTIATION
Chapter 3.1 Velocity and Acceleration
Velocity and Acceleration – simple problems.
Chapter 3.2 Tangent and Normal
Tangent and Normal – simple problems.
Chapter 3.3 Maxima and Minima
Definition of increasing and decreasing functions and turning points. Maxima and
Minima of single variable only – simple problems. – Practical problems involving
maximum and minimum values.
15
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 48 of 222
IV
APPLICATION OF INTEGRATION –I
Chapter 4.1 Area and Volume
Area and Volume – Area of circle, Volume of sphere and Cone – Simple
problems.
Chapter 4.2 Linear Type Differential Equation
Solution of linear differential equation. Simple problems.
Chapter 4.3 Fourier Transforms
Fourier transforms - Simple problems.
15
V
APPLICATION OF INTEGRATION – II
Chapter 5.1 Second Order Differential Equation – I
Solution of second order differential equation with constant co efficient in the
form a56F5�6 +b
5F5� +cy = 0 where a,b and c are constants. Simple problems.
Chapter 5.2 Second Order Differential Equation – Ii
Solution of second order differential equation with constant co efficient in the
form a56F5�6 +b
5F5� +cy = f(x) where a,b and c are constants and f(x) = k emx. Simple
problems.
Chapter 5.3 Second Order Differential Equation – Iii
Solution of second order differential equation with constant co efficient in the
form a56F5�6 +b
5F5� +cy = f(x) where a,b and c are constants and f(x) = k sinmx or
kcosmx. Simple problems.
15
Text Book:
• Applied Mathematics –E.Geethalakshmi, Murugappa Polytechnic College, Chennai-62.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Mathematics II, III & IV –E.Geethalakshmi, Murugappa Polytechnic College,
Chennai-62.
2. Mathematics for Higher Secondary – I year and II year (Tamil Nadu Text Book Corporation)
3. Engineering Mathematics – Dr.M.K.Venkatraman, National Publishing Co, Chennai.
4. Engineering Mathematics – Dr.P.Kandasamy& Others. S.Chand& Co Ltd, New Delhi
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 49 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : II
Subject Code & Name : GEM23 ENGINEERING PHYSICS - II
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM23
Engineering
Physics - II
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
4 60
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No. Topics Hours
I Heat 12
II Thermodynamics, liquefaction of gases & non-conventional energy
12
III Light and remote sensing 12
IV Electricity 12
V Electronics 12
TOTAL 60
RATIONALE:
The exponential growth of Engineering and Technology has benefited the mankind with
extreme sophistication and comfort. To sustain this development, continuous research and
development should take place not only in Engineering and Technology but also in Basic Science
such as Physics.The various divisions of Physics like Optics, Acoustics, Dynamics, Semiconductor
Physics, Surface Physics, Nuclear Physics, Energy Studies, Materials Science, etc provide the
foundation by enlightening the Fundamental facts, Principles, Laws and Correct sequence of events
to develop the Engineering and Technology field for the prosperity of human beings.
OUTCOMES:
At the end of the completion of the course, the students shall be able to:
• Identify good conductors and insulators of heat.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 50 of 222
• Analyze the relation between pressure, volume and temperature of gas and to interpret the
results.
• Understand the process of Isothermal and Adiabatic changes of gas and basic laws of
thermodynamics.
• Acquire knowledge about liquefaction process of gases.
• Realize the inevitable need for tapping Alternate energy to address the looming energy crisis.
• Identify the characteristics and properties of LASER, Photo Electric effect and Optical fibre
cable and their engineering applications.
• Acquire broader ideas about the process of remote sensing in tapping the earth resources for
human benefits.
• Acquire knowledge about heating, chemical and magnetic effects of electric current.
• Gain broader ideas of capacitors, diodes, transistors, integrated circuits and logic gates.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name Of the Topic Hours I
HEAT:
1.1 Transfer Of Heat:Concept of Heat and Temperature – Centigrade,
Fahrenheit and Kelvin scales of temperature measurement – Conduction, convection
and radiation – Definitions and explanations – Coefficient of thermal conductivity –
Definition and SI unit – Selection of good and poor thermal conductors – Properties
of thermal radiation.
1.2 Kinetic Theory of Gases: Postulates – Mean square velocity and Root Mean
Square (RMS) velocity of molecules – Definitions and expressions – Expression for
the pressure of a gas on the basis of postulates of kinetic theory of gases- Relation
between pressure and kinetic energy, pressure and absolute temperature of the gas.
Simple problems based on the expression for the pressure of a gas.
1.3 Specific Heat Capacity: Specific heat capacity of a substance (solids and
liquids) – Definition – Specific heat capacity of a gas at constant volume – Specific
heat capacity of a gas at constant pressure – Ratio of specific heat capacities –
Explanation for Cp greater than Cv – Derivation of Meyer’s relation – calculation of
Universal gas constant R from the gas equation PV = RT. Simple problems based on
Meyer’s relation.
12
II
THERMODYNAMICS, LIQUEFACTION OF GASES & NON-CONVENTIONAL
ENERGY:
2.1 Thermodynamics:
Zeroth law and first law of thermodynamics – Explanation - Isothermal and Adiabatic
changes - Explanation – Equations for isothermal and adiabatic changes (No
12
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 51 of 222
derivation).Simple problems based on equations P1V1 = P2V2 and P1V1γ =
P2V2γ.Second law of thermodynamics – Clausius statement and Kelvin’s statement –
Concept of Carnot’s reversible engine and efficiency.
2.2 Liquefaction Of Gases:
Liquefaction, critical temperature, critical pressure and critical volume – Definitions –
Principle used in cascade process – Cascade process of liquefaction of oxygen –
Disadvantages of cascade process - Joule Thomson effect – Temperature of
inversion – Liquefaction of air by Linde’s process.
2.3 Non – Conventional Energy:
Introduction – Non-renewable and Renewable (Alternate) energy sources –
Examples – Solar energy, wind energy. Advantages and disadvantages of renewable
energy.
III
LIGHT AND REMOTE SENSING
3.1 Optics:
Refraction – Laws of refraction – Refractive index of a medium / material. Derivation
of refractive index of glass prism using in minimum deviation. – Definition – Fibre
optics – Introduction – Phenomenon of total internal reflection –Advantages of
O.F.C.Problems using the formula of refractive index.
3.2 Laser:
LASER – Characteristics of LASER – principle of LASER – Spontaneous emission –
Stimulated emission – population inversion – Production of LASER using
semiconductor (GaAs) diode source – Uses of LASER.
3.3 Photo Electric Effect :
Photo electric effect – Introduction – Hallwachs experimental arrangement –
Einstein’s photoelectric equation – Laws of photoelectric emission – Photo emissive
cell –Photo conductive cell - Photo voltaic cell – Applications of photo cells.
3.4 Remote Sensing:
Remote sensing – Introduction – Active and passive remote sensing – Explanation
and examples – Components of remote sensing – Data acquisition, data analysis and
reference data – RADAR – principle and working with block diagram.
12
IV
ELECTRICITY
4.1 Electrical Circuits:
Ohm’s law – Laws of resistances – Resistivity and Conductivity – Definitions –
Kirchoff’s current and voltage laws – Condition for balancing the Wheat stone’s
network.Simple problems based on expression for resistivity.
12
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 52 of 222
4.2 Heating And Chemical Effects Of Current:
Joule’s law of heating – Experimental determination of specific heat capacity of a
liquid using Joule’s calorimeter – Faraday’s laws of electrolysis – Electro chemical
equivalent (e.c.e) of an element – Definition – Experimental determination of e.c.e. of
copper.Simple problems based on expression for e.c.e.
4.3 Measuring Instruments:
Motion of a charged particle inside a uniform magnetic field – Expression for the force
acting on a current carrying straight conductor placed in a uniform magnetic field –
Fleming’s Left Hand rule – Expression for the torque experienced by a rectangular
current carrying coil placed inside a uniform magnetic field – Working of a moving coil
galvanometer and its merits – Conversion of galvanometer into an Ammeter and
Voltmeter. Simple problems based on conversion of galvanometer into ammeter and
voltmeter.
4.4 Capacitors:
Capacitance of a capacitor – Definition – ‘farad’– Definition – Expressions for
effective capacitance when capacitors are connected in series and parallel.Simple
problems based on expressions for effective capacitance for series and parallel
connections of capacitors
V
ELECTRONICS
5.1 SEMI CONDUCTORS
Semi conductors – Energy bands in solids – Energy band diagram of good
conductors, insulators and semi conductors – Fermi Level – Intrinsic semiconductors
- Concept of positive holes - Doping – Extrinsic semiconductors – P type and N type
semiconductors.
5.2 DIODES AND TRANSISTORS
P-N junction diode – Forward bias and reverse bias – Rectification action of diode –
Workingof full wave rectifier using P N junction diodes in bridge type
configuration.PNP and NPN transistors – Three different configurations – Advantages
of common emitter configuration – working of NPN transistor as an amplifier in
common emitter configuration.
5.3 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS
Digital electronics – Introduction – Logic levels – Basic logic gates: OR, AND and
NOT gates – Universal logic gates: NAND and NOR gates – Special logic gates: XOR
and XNOR gates – Symbolic representation, Boolean expression and Truth table for
all above logic gates – Integrated circuits – Levels of integration – SSI, MSI, LSI and
VLSI, Advantages of ICs.
12
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 53 of 222
Text Books:
1) Higher secondary Physics – First & Second year– Volume I & II – Tamil Nadutext bookCorporation - 2004 & 2005
2) Anwar Kamal -- Intermediate physics – Volume I & II –– Foundation booksprivate Ltd.
3) P.Indira&M.Eswari-Engineering physics II –Narayana publications- department of physics-2014.
Reference Books:
1) Brijlal and Subrahmanyam –Heat and Thermodynamics –. S. Chand & co, New Delhi
2) D.N. Vasudeva --Fundamentals of Electricity –– S. Chand & co.,New Delhi
3) G.D. Rai -- Non- Conventional energy sources – Khanna publishers, New Delhi.
4) M. Anji Reddy -- Text book of remote sensing and Geographicalinformationsystems – BS publications. Hyderabad.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 54 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : II
Subject Code & Name : GEM24 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY - II
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM24
Engineering
Chemistry - II
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
4 60
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No. Topics Hours
I Air pollution, Water pollution, Solid waste management and green chemistry.
12
II Fuels and Rocket Propellants, Combustion and Refractories
12
III Extraction of metals, Powder Metallurgy, Alloys and Abrasives
12
IV Cement, Ceramics, Lubricants and Adhesives
12
V Plastics, Rubber, Composite materials 12
TOTAL 60
RATIONALE:
Modern development of industries requires more understanding of materials required for
engineering and industrial purposes. This part of chemistry explains various aspects with regard to
environment, fuels, metals, alloys and polymers. This subject will develop the basic understanding
and skill of Engineering Students.
OUTCOMES:
At the end of the completion of the course, the students shall be able to:
• Acquire knowledge about Environmental Chemistry.
• Acquire knowledge about fuels, advantages of fuels, rocket propellants combustion of fuels,
flue gas analysis and refractories.
• Explain about extraction of metals, powder metallurgy, alloys and abrasives.
• Acquire knowledge about cement, ceramics, lubricants and adhesives.
• Explain the polymer materials.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 55 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topics Hours I
AIR POLLUTION, WATER POLLUTION, SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT,
GREEN CHEMISTRY
1.1 Air Pollution:
Pollution and Air pollution- Definition – Air Pollutants (SO2, H2S, HF, CO Dust) –
Sources and harmful effects – Acid rain – formation – Harmful effects – Green
House effect – causes – Global Warming – Harmful effects – Ozone layer –
importance – causes for depletion of Ozone layer (No equations) – Harmful
effects of Ozone layer depletion – Control of air pollution.
1.2 Water Pollution:
Causes of water pollution– (Sewage, effluents, algae microorganisms) –
Harmful effects, sewerage – Definition- Sewage disposal-Industrial effluents –
Harmful effects of effluents -Harmful effects of Heavy metal ions- (metals like
Lead, Cadmium, Zinc and Copper) – treatment of effluents – Eutrophication –
Definition and harmful effects.
1.3 Solid Waste Management:
Solid wastes – definition – problems – types of solid wastes – methods of
disposal- landfill – incineration.
1.4 Green Chemistry:
Definition – Goals of green chemistry (Basic ideas). Recycling –Definition-
Examples-advantages of recycling (Basic ideas).
12
II
FUELS AND ROCKET PROPELLANTS, COMBUSTION,REFRACTORIES
2.1 Fuels And Rocket Propellants:
Fuel and fossil fuel-Definition – Calorific value – classification of fuel- solid fuels
– wood, coal – varieties of coal-composition-specific uses-liquid fuels -
petroleum – fractional distillation – Fractions and uses, cracking (concept only).
Liquid Hydrogen as fuel – gaseous fuels preparation and specific uses of
producer gas, water gas,–composition and uses of CNG and LPG –Relative
advantages of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels. Rocket propellants – Essential
characteristics – classification of propellants with examples – differences
between solid and liquid propellants.
2.2 Combustion:
Combustion of fuels – Definition – combustion calculation by mass (for solid and
liquid fuels) – combustion calculation of gaseous fuels – stoichiometric
calculations – volume of air required – excess air – flue gas – flue gas analysis
– Orsat Apparatus – simple numerical problems.
2.3 Refractories:
Definition –Requirements of a good Refractory – classifications-Acidic, Basic
and Neutral Refractories - with examples and uses of fireclay bricks, Alumina
bricks and silica bricks.
12
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 56 of 222
III
EXTRACTION OF METALS, POWDER METALLURGY, ALLOYS AND
ABRASIVES
3.1 Extraction Of Metals:
Extraction of Tungsten and Titanium – uses of Titanium and Tungsten.
3.2 Powder Metallurgy:
Definition – Preparation of Metal Powder – Atomization – Reduction of metal
oxide – Applications of Powder Metallurgy.
3.3 Alloys:
Definition – purpose of Alloying - types –Ferrous alloys - Composition and uses
of stainless steel, chromium steel and vanadium steel - Non-Ferrous alloys –
Definition – Composition and uses of Nichrome, Dutch metal, German silver,
Gun metal and Duralumin.
3.4 Abrasives:
Definition – classification – hardness in Moh’s scale – Natural abrasives –
Diamond, Corundum, Emery, and Garnet – Synthetic abrasives – Carborundum
– Boron carbide- manufacture – Properties and uses.
12
IV
CEMENT, CERAMICS, LUBRICANTS AND ADHESIVES
4.1 Cement:
Definition –Manufacture of Portland cement-wet process-setting of cement (No
equation)
4.2 Ceramics:
White pottery – Definition – manufacture of White pottery – uses – Definitionof
glazing– purpose – method – salt glazing.
4.3 Lubricants: Definition –
characteristics of Lubricants – Types of Lubricants, Solid, Semisolid and liquid
lubricants.
4.4 Adhesives:
Definition-Requirements of good adhesives-Natural adhesive-uses of shellac,
starch, Asphalt- Synthetic adhesive- uses of cellulose Nitrate, PVC, Phenol-
formaldehyde and urea-formaldehyde.
12
V
PLASTICS, RUBBER, COMPOSITE MATERIALS
5.1 Plastics:
Plastics- Definition-Polymerization – Definition- types of polymerization –
Addition polymerization formation of polythene – condensation polymerization –
formation of bakelite – types of plastics – thermoplastics &thermo set plastics –
Differences-mechanical properties of plastics – Advantages of plastics over
traditional materials, (wood & metal) – reinforced or filled plastics – definitions –
advantages – applications – polymers in surgery- biomaterial – definition –
Biomedical uses of polyurethane, PVC, polypropylene and polyethylene.
5.2 Rubber:
Definition - preparation from latex – defects of natural rubber- compounding of
rubber – ingredients & their functions – vulcanization-Definition and purpose –
Reclaimed rubber- Definition – process – properties – uses.
12
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 57 of 222
5.3 Composite Materials:
Definition-Examples-Advantages over metals and polymers-General
applications.
Text Book:
• Engineering Chemistry II for Polytechnic college-K.Rajalakshmi&T.Kanmani – Saravana
Publishers.
Reference Books:
1. Engineering Chemistry – Jain & Jain –Dhanpat rai & sons
2. Engineering Chemistry – Uppal – Khanna publishers
3. A text book of Engineering Chemistry – Dara .S.S. – S. Chand publication. 4. A text book of Inorganic Chemistry - Sony PL – S. Chand publication.
5. Chemistry of Engineering Material – C.V. Agarwal, AndranaiduC.ParameswaraMoorthy –
B.S. Publications
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 58 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : II
Subject Code & Name : GEM25 COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM25
Communication
skills in English
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
4 60
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No. Topics Hours
I Funamental language skills 12
II Listening 12
III Reading 10
IV Speaking 12
V Writing 14
TOTAL 60
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 59 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Topics Exercises Hours
I
1. Transformation of Sentences
Conversion of sentences
• Statement into Interrogative
• Statement into exclamatory
• Statement into imperative
12
2. Correction of Sentences
Identifying the errors in the sentences
3. Homophones
Recognize and distinguish words with similar pronunciation
4. Answering Verbal Questions
Answering in affirmative and Negative.
5. Clause, Simple Compound And Complex
Differentiate phrases and clauses. Identify the Main clause and subordinate clause
II
6. Listening-I
7.Listening-II
• Listening Activities – Day to Day conversation, short story, passages
• Completion of sentences, objective type questions, etc
12
III
8. Passage-I 9.Passage-II
• Interpret and analyze small passages. Comprehend and analyze passage
• Comprehend and respond to the passage
10
IV 10.Pronunciation
• Introduction to pronunciation-stress, Intonation
• Self-Introduction, Introducing Friend and family, Speaking on shot topic
12
V
11.News Paper Report
Comprehension
• Respond and Interpret to the given article from the newspaper.
14
12. Visual Description • Describe the given picture 13.Visual To Verbal • Interpret visuals and write
paragraph using linkers. 14. E-Mail • Compose e-mails
Text Book:
• Book – COMMUNICATION SKILLS IN ENGLISH FOR PRACTICAL-Ms.S.Rajalakshmi
& - S. Anandhi - Murugappa Polytechnic College
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 60 of 222
Reference Books:
1. Spoken English For You-level II,G.Radhakrishnan Pillai, Emerald Publisher.
2. Dr.l.Adhinarayanan,”Spoken English”,Neelakamal Publication Pvt.Ltd.
3. DOTE Text Book”Communication English I&II”, Government of Tamil Nadu
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 61 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : II
Subject Code & Name : GEM26 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – II PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM26
Engineering
Physics – II
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
2 30
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
RATIONALE:
In diploma level engineering education skill development plays a vital role. The skill
development can be achieved by on hand experience in handling various instruments, apparatus
and equipment. This is accomplished by doing engineering related experiments in practical classes
in various laboratories.
GUIDELINES:
• All the Nine experiments given in the list of experiments should be completed and given for
the end semester practical examination.
• In order to develop best skills in handling Instruments / Equipments and taking readings in
the practical classes, every two students should be provided with a separate experimental
setup for doing experiments in the laboratory
• The external examiners are requested to ensure that a single experimental question should
not be given to more than four students while admitting a batch of 30 students during Board
Examinations.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 62 of 222
List of experiments with objectives:
1. Refractive Index:
To determine the refractive index of a transparent liquid (water) using travelling microscope.
2. Spectrometer:
To measure the angle of prism and the angle of minimum deviation of the prism using
spectrometer and to calculate the refractive index of glass of the prism.
3. Laws of resistances:
To verify the laws of resistances by connecting the two given standard resistances
(i) in series and (ii) in parallel, using Ohm’s law.
4. Potentiometer:
To compare the electro motive forces (e.m.fs) of the given two cells.
5. Joule’s Calorimeter:
To determine the specific heat capacity of water.
6. Copper voltameter:
To determine the electro chemical equivalent (e.c.e.) of copper.
7. P-N Junction Diode:
To draw the voltage – current characteristics in forward bias and to find the ‘dynamic forward
resistance’ & ‘knee voltage’ from the graph.
8. P N P Transistor:
To draw the transfer characteristics of a PNP transistor in common emitter configuration and
to find the current gain from the graph.
9. Logic gates:
To find the output conditions for different combinations of the input for NOT gate and 2 inputs
AND, OR, NAND , NOR & XOR logic gates, using IC chips. ( IC 7404 –NOT Gate, IC 7408
– AND Gate, IC 7432 – OR gate, IC 7400 – NAND Gate, IC 7402 – NOR Gate &IC 7486 –
XOR gate.)
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 63 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : II
Subject Code & Name : GEM27 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY – II PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM27
Engineering
Chemistry – II
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
2 30
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
RATIONALE:
At the entry level of introducing practical subjects to Diploma Engineering it is important to
introduce chemistry practical where mainly constitution of different chemical is analysed through
Qualitative analysis. Qualitative analysis is introduced through simple salt analysis in the second
semester of the study.
OUTCOMES:
At the end of the completion of the course, the students shall be able to:
• Analyze the given simple salt containing an anion and a cation and identify its significance
and use in day-today life.
• Produce chemical methods of analysis of materials.
Qualitative Analysis:
Study of the reactions of the following radicals leading to qualitative analysis of the given chemical
substance soluble in water or in dilute acids.
Acid radicals: Carbonate, Chloride, Nitrate and Sulphate.
Basic radicals: Lead, Cadmium, Copper, Aluminium, Zinc, Calcium, Barium, Magnesium and
ammonium salts.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 64 of 222
Simple Salts to be analysed:
1. Lead carbonate
2. Lead nitrate
3. Aluminiumsulphate
4. Zinc carbonate
5. Zinc sulphate
6. Barium Chloride
7. Barium nitrate
8. Calcium carbonate
9. Magnesium sulphate
10. Ammonium chloride
11. Ammonium sulphate
Effluents to be analysed:
1. Lead
2. Cadmium
3. Copper
4. Zinc
Reference Books:
1. Vogel – Analytical chemistry – Pearson publications.
2. Dr.Sudha rani – Laboratory manual on engineering chemistry Dhanpat rai publications.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 65 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : II
Subject Code & Name : GEM28 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS – II PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM28
Engineering
Graphics – II
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
6 90
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Topics Details Hours
a) Section of Solids.(Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting)
20
b) Development of surfaces.(Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting)
20
c) Orthographic projection.(Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting)
25
d) Isometric projections .(Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting)
25
TOTAL 90
RATIONALE:
We imagine the machine component or structure to be cut by a plane or planes so that most
of the details could be seen. The exterior shape of objects like a connecting rod with elliptical configuration can be conveniently shown by using sectional views. The components parts of a machine and their relative positions will be revealed by the sectionals view of the machine.
The exact size and shape of the sheet to be cut is given by the development of the object
concerned. Most of the sheet metal works in engineering industries involve the development of surfaces of solids like cubes, prisms, cylinders, pyramids, cones and spheres with or without cuts and slots. It is essential that sheet metal technicians have a thorough knowledge of preparing developments of various types of surfaces.
Orthographic projection is possible to describe the shape of any object completely by using
orthographic projections. These orthographic views are required for the manufacture of object and machine parts .Hence it is necessary to study orthographic projections.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 66 of 222
One such system of projection is isometric projection which is a type of pictorial projection showing the three dimensions of an object in one view. Isometric view has the distinct advantage of conveying the real shape of the object in such a way that even those who are not familiar with the art of reading a drawing can easily visualize its form and shape.
OBJECTIVES:
•••• Able to show the internal details of an object and true shape section.
•••• Able to achieve the concept of sheet metal fabrication.
•••• Acquire knowledge about clear vision of the various projections.
•••• Conveying the real shape of the object using isometric view.
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Topics Details Hours
a)
Section of Solids(Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting):
Introduction – Section planes – apparent section- true section -sectional
view - need for sectional view - cutting plane- cutting plane line.
Section of solids in simple positions with axis parallel to one plane and
perpendicular to other plane, Section of solids when axis of the solid
parallel to both planes-Section plane parallel to one plane and
perpendicular to other plane-Section plane perpendicular to one plane and
Inclined to other plane- showing true shape of section- exercises: section
of simple solids: prism, pyramid, cylinder and cone .
20
b)
Development of surfaces. (Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting)
Development of prisms, pyramids, cylinder and cone—Development of
frustum of prisms, pyramidsand cone-Development of truncated prisms,
pyramids, cylinder and cone –exercises.
Development of T-pipe, elbow, duct, tray, lamp shade and funnel-exercises.
20
c)
Orthographic projection (Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting)
Introduction – projection terms – Orthographic projection – Co-ordinate
planes of projection – Systems of orthographic projection – First angle
Orthographic projection – Third angle Orthographic projection -Comparison
of first and third angle projections.
Projection of three views (Elevation, Plan and Side view) of simple objects
using firstangle projection only – exercises.
25
d)
Isometric projections (Manual Drafting and Computer Aided Drafting)
Introduction – isometric view – isometric projection – difference between
isometric view and isometric projection – isometric scale – methods of
drawing an isometric
view – box method. Angles in Isometric view – irregular curves in isometric
drawing – circles in isometric method – four centre method for drawing an
ellipse – arcs of circles in
isometric – Draw the isometric view of the object from the given
orthographic view– exercises.
25
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 67 of 222
Text Books:
• GEM 28 Engineering Graphics-II, Murugappa Polytechnic College, 2016 Reference Books: 1. Gill P.S., “Engineering drawings”, S.K.Kataria& Sons.
2. Bhat N.D. “Engineering drawings”, Charotar Publishing house.
3. Gopalakrishnan.K.R., “Engineering drawing”, (Vol.I and vol.II), Dhanalakshmipublishers, Ed.2,
1970.
4. Venugopal.K,Sreekanjana G, “Engineering Graphics” New Age International Publishers.
5. K V Nataraajan “A Text Book of Engineering drawing.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 68 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : II
Subject Code & Name : GEM29 WORKSHOP PRACTICE
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
GEM29
Workshop
Practice
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
3 45
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
RATIONALE:
Workshop practice is a basic subject for all branches of Diploma Engineering . This subject is aimed
at providing basic understanding of the fundamentals ofpractical sections; mainly planning, marking,
cutting, filing, wiring connections, standards &conventions of wiring, the tools, the use of measuring
instruments in engineering applications and plumbing tools and practices. The topics covered are
based on the syllabus for Diploma studies in engineering. The subject is planned to include sufficient
practices which would help the student to understand the principles of manufacturing.
OBJECTIVES:
At the end of the practice, the students will be able to,
• Acquire skills in basic engineering practice.
• Identify the hand tools and instruments.
• Study and use measuring instruments.
• Practical skills in the fitting, plumbing and wiring trades.
WORKSHOP PRACTICE
1. Fitting Section: (15 Hrs)
• General safety precaution inside the workshop.
• Study about first aid.
• Study of hand tools
• Study of instruments- Calipers -Scale – Vernier caliper – Vernier height gauge.
• Marking and punching practice.
• Hacksaw cutting practice.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 69 of 222
• Filing and fitting practice.
• Drilling and tapping practice.
Exercises
Raw material: 3mm thick M.S. flat
1. Single piece cutting and filing
2. L-Joint
3. V-Joint
4. Drilling and tapping (Four drills and Two with Taps) Raw material: 10mm thick M.S. flat
Note: Practices should be given to cover the above area. At the end, the students should
be able to do the above exercises for the autonomous practical examinations. Students should
mention the variations in the dimensions of their exercises.
2. Wiring & Soldering (15 Hrs)
• Study about the safety measures in wiring and soldering.
• Study of tools for wiring and soldering.
• Study about the earthing.
• Identify different electrical fitting and accessories.
• Identify the types of wires with colour code.
• Identify the symbols in circuit diagram.
• Practice simple wiring.
• Uses of multimeter.
Exercises
1. Two lamps connected in series and parallel measure and check the voltage and current
using multimeter.
2. Staircase wiring.
Soldering Practice:
1. Parallel joint
2. T - Joint
Note: Students should draw the circuit diagram and joint diagram & collect the components
according to their requirement. Only components should be given to the students. The connection
should be given from the main switch. Suitable safety precautions should be made before
connections.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 70 of 222
3. Plumbing: (15 Hrs)
• Plumbing is the skilled trade of working with pipes, tubing and plumbing fixtures for drinking
water systems and the drainage of waste.
• The plumbing industry is a basic and substantial part of every developed economy due to the
need for clean water, and proper collection and transport of wastes.
• Plumbing also refers to a system of pipes and fixtures installed in a building for the
distribution of potable water and the removal of waterborne wastes.
• Plumbing is usually distinguished from water and sewage systems, in that a plumbing system
serves one building, while water and sewage systems serve a group of buildings or a city.
• To install pipes and fixtures.
• To repair or replace all kinds of leaks.
• Use personal protective equipments.
Exercises
1. Install a sink / washbasin with tap using different PVC/GI pipe accessories such as bend, tee and
gate valve.
2. Cutting, bending and external threading of GI pipes using Die.
3. Repair a leakage in the water tap and fix water meter.
4. Lay pipes to install rain water harvesting.
The students should be given training in all the sections. All the exercises should be
completed. The students should maintain record notebook for the concerned trades and
submit during the Autonomous Practical Examinations.
M-Scheme Approved in 40th Academic Board Meeting held on 01.02.2016 , MPC Page 73 of 222
AUTONOMOUS PRACTICAL EXAMINATION
Note: Any two exercises should be carried out for examination. Fitting is compulsory anyone
exercise form wiring& Soldering or plumbing. All the exercises should be given in the question paper
and students are allowed to select by a lot.
Students should have liberty to do the examination for 3 Hrs. No fixed time for each trade.
The number of instrument / equipment facility should be available for each batch strength
during examination.
Max. Marks
Fitting (Compulsory) 35
Marking & Cutting - 10
Filing / Dimensions - 20
Joint / Finish - 05
Wiring & Soldering 35
Circuit diagram/Joint making - 15
Connection & Checking /Soldering - 15
Result - 05
(OR)
Plumbing 35
Preparation of material - 15
Connection / Testing - 15
Result - 05
Viva-voce 05
TOTAL - 75
INTERNAL MARKS
Observation - 05
Record - 05
Midterm test - 10
Attendance - 05
Total – 25
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 74 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Subject Code & Name : MEM31 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM31 Strength
of Materials
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
6 90
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No Topics Hours
I Statics of particles and friction 17
II Mechanical properties, simple stresses and strains 17
III Geometrical properties of sections and thin shells 17
IV Shear force and bending moment diagrams, theory of simple
bending 16
V Torsion and springs 16
TEST AND REVISION 7
TOTAL 90
OUTCOMES:
• Describe the equilibrium of particles and rigid bodies subjected to a system of forces and
couples
• Explain the behavior of the materials subjected to an axial & shear load and to compute
stress & strain
• Determine the Centroid and Moment of Inertia of simple geometrical sections such as
rectangle, circle, triangle, I & T sections
• Determine the stresses induced in thin cylinders and spherical shells subjected to internal
pressure
• Classify beams and its related applications and design Cantilever & Simply Supported
Beam by applying theory of simple bending subjected to point load and uniformly
distributed load
• Compare hollow and solid shafts based on the power transmission
• Design closed coil and open coiled helical spring subjected to an axial load
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 75 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I STATICS OF PARTICLES AND FRICTION:
Statics of Particles: Introduction – Force - effects of a force - system of
forces - resultant of force-Principle of transmissibility-parallelogram law of
forces-triangular law-resultant of several forces acting on a particle- polygon
law-resolution of a force into rectangular components –resultant of a system
of forces acting on a particle using rectangular components-equilibrium of
particles.
External and internal forces-moment of a force-Varignon’s theorem-moment
of a couple-equitant couples-addition of couples-simple problems-resolution
of a force into a conditions for the equilibrium of rigid bodies in two
dimension -Support reaction - types of support - removal of two dimensional
supports -Problems involving the equilibrium of rigid bodies in two
dimension only - simple problems. force and a couple - Free body diagram -
Necessary and sufficient.
Friction: Introduction-Definition-Force of friction-Limiting friction-Static
friction-Dynamic friction-Angle of friction-co-efficient of friction-Laws of static
and dynamic friction.
17
II DEFORMATION OF METALS
Mechanical properties of materials: Engineering materials – Ferrous and
non-ferrous materials -Definition of mechanical properties --Alloying
elements-effect of alloying element - Fatigue, fatigue strength, creep –
temperature creep – cyclic loading and repeated loading – endurance limit.
Simple stresses and strains: Definition – Load, stress and strain –
Classification of force systems – tensile, compressive and shear force
systems – Behavior of mild steel in tension up to rupture – Stress – Strain
diagram – limit of proportionality – elastic limit – yield stress – breaking
stress – Ultimate stress – percentage of elongation and percentage
reduction in area – Hooke’s law – Definition – Young’s modulus - working
stress, factor of safety, load factor, shear stress and shear strain - modulus
of rigidity. Linear strain – Deformation due to tension and compressive force
- problems in tension, compression and shear force.
Simple Stresses and Strains: Definition – Lateral strain – Poisson’s ratio –
volumetric strain – bulk modulus – volumetric strain of rectangular and
circular bars – problems connecting linear, lateral and volumetric
deformation – Elastic constants and their relationship - Problems on elastic
constants - Definition – Composite bar – Problem in composite bars
subjected to tension and compression – Temperature stresses and strains –
Simple problems – Definition – strain energy – proof resilience – modulus of
resilience – The expression for strain energy stored in a bar due to Axial
load – Instantaneous stresses due to gradual, sudden, impact and shock
loads – Problems computing instantaneous stress and deformation in
gradual, sudden, impact and shock loadings.
17
III GEOMETRICAL PROPERTIES OF SECTIONS AND THIN SHELLS
Properties of sections: Definition – center of gravity and centroid - position
of centroids of plane geometrical figures such as rectangle, triangle, circle
and trapezium-problems to determine the centroid of angle, channel, T and
I sections only - Definition-centroidal axis-Axis of symmetry. Moment of
Inertia – Statement of parallel axis theorem and perpendicular axis theorem.
Moment of Inertia of lamina of rectangle, circle, triangle, I and channel
17
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 76 of 222
sections-Definition-Polar moment of Inertia-radius of gyration – Problems
computing moment of inertia and radius of gyration for angle, T, Channel
and I sections.
Thin Shells: Definition – Thin and thick cylindrical shell – Failure of thin
cylindrical shell subjected to internal pressure – Derivation of Hoop and
longitudinal stress causes in a thin cylindrical shell subjected to internal
pressure – simple problems – change in dimensions of a thin cylindrical
shell subjected to internal pressure – problems – Derivation of tensile stress
induced in a thin spherical shell subjected to internal pressure – simple
problems – change in diameter and volume of a thin spherical shell due to
internal pressure – problems.
IV SF AND BM DIAGRAMS OF BEAMS AND THEORY OF BENDING
SF and BM Diagrams Of Beams: Classification of beams – Definition –
shear force and Bending moment – sign conventions for shear force and
bending moment – types of loadings – Relationship between load, force and
bending moment at a section – shear force diagram and bending moment
diagram of cantilever and simply supported beam subjected to point load
and uniformly distributed load (udl) – Determination of Maximum bending
moment in cantilever beam and simply supported beam when they are
subjected to point load and uniformly distributed load.
Theory Of Bending: Theory of simple bending – Assumptions – Neutral
axis – bending stress distribution – moment of resistance – bending
equation – M/I=f/y=E/R – Definition – section modulus - rectangular and
circular sections – strength of beam – simple problems involving flexural
formula for cantilever and simple supported beam.
16
V THEORY OF TORSION AND SPRINGS
Torsion: Theory of torsion – Assumptions – torsion equation –
strength of solid and hollow shafts – power transmitted – Definition – Polar
modulus – Torsional rigidity – strength and stiffness of shafts – comparison
of hollow and solid shafts in weight and strength considerations –
Advantages of hollow shafts over solid shafts – Problems.
Springs: Types of springs – Laminated and coiled springs and applications
– Types of coiled springs – Difference between open and closely coiled
helical springs – closely coiled helical spring subjected to an axial load –
problems to determine shear stress, deflection, stiffness and resilience of
closed coiled helical springs
16
Text Books:
1) Strength of Materials, R. S. Khurmi, , S.Chand & Co., Ram Nagar, New Delhi.
2) Strength of Materials, S. Ramamrutham, 15th
Edn 2004, DhanpatRai Pub. Co., New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1) Strength of Materials, R.K.Bansal,, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi,
3rd Edition, 2010.
2) Strength of materials, S.S.Rattan, Tata Mcgraw hill, New Delhi,2008, ISBN
9780070668959,
3) Strength of Materials, B K Sarkar, I Edition, 2003 Tata Mcgraw hill, New Delhi.
4) Engineering mechanics, R.K. Bansal, Laxmi Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2nd
Edition, 2007
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 77 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM31 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note:
1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. What is limiting friction?
2. What is moment of a couple?
3. Define factor of safety.
4. What is composite bar?
5. What is radius of gyration?
6. Write the formula for tensile stress in thin spherical shell.
7. Define flexural rigidity of beam.
8. Define bending moment.
9. Define polar modulus.
10. Write any two types of spring.
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. State law of parallelogram of forces.
12. State the law of static and dynamic friction.
UNIT-II
13. Define ductility and malleability.
14. What is percentage of elongation and percentage reduction in area?
UNIT-III
15. A channel section is of size 300mm x 100mm overall. The base as well as the flanges of
the channel is 10mm thick. Determine centroid.
16. What working pressure may be allowed in a boiler shell 1.8m diameter with plates 15mm
thick if the permissible tensile stress in the solid is not to exceed 70 N/mm2.
UNIT-IV
17. Draw SFD and BMD of a cantilever beam of length ’l’ carrying UDL of W over its entire
length.
18. Write the assumption made for theory of simple bending.
UNIT-V
19. State the advantages of hollow shaft over solid shaft.
20. A closely coiled helical spring made of steel wire 10mm diameter has 15 coils of 100 mm
mean diameter. Calculate deflection and stiffness of spring under an axial load of 200N.
Take N = 0.8x106 N/mm2.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 78 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Two like parallel forces of 10N and 30N act at the ends of a rod 200mm long. Find the
magnitude of the resultant force and the point where it acts.
22. Define the following: (i) Force of friction (ii) Angle of friction (iii) Limiting friction.
UNIT-II
23. A steel tube 100mm internal diameter and 12.5mm thick is surrounded by a brass tube of
the same thickness in such a way that the axis of the two tubes coincide. The compound
tube is loaded by an axial compressive load of 5KN. Determine the load carried by each
tube. Assume that there is no buckling of the tube. Take E for steel = 200
KN/mm2 and for brass as 100 KN/mm2. Tubes are of same length.
24. A bar of steel 28mm diameter and 250mm long is subjected to an axial load of 80KN. It is
found that the diameter has contracted by 1/240mm. if the modulus of rigidity is 80
KN/mm2. Calculate (i) Poisson’s ratio (ii) Young’s modulus and (iii) Bulk modulus. k
UNIT-III
25. Find Ixx and Iyy for the ‘T’- section flange of 150mm and overall depth of 250mm with the
thickness of 20mm for both web and flange.
26. A cylindrical shell 2.4m long, 600mm in diameter is made up of 15mm thick plates. Find the
changes in length, diameter and volume of the cylinder when the shell is subjected to an
internal pressure of 2 N/mm2, E = 200 kN/mm2, 1/m = 0.3.
UNIT-IV
27. A beam 8m long is simply supported at its ends. It carries an UDL of 1 kN/m run over the
length of left half of its span, together with concentrated loads 2 KN, 3 KN and 2 KN
situated at 2m, 4m and 6m respectively from the left hand support.
28. A rectangular beam of 200mm deep and 100mm wide is simply supported over a span of
8m and carries a point load of 25KN. Determine the maximum stress in the beam. Also
calculate the values of longitudinal fiber stress at a distance of 25mm from the tope surface
of the beam.
UNIT-V
29. A solid shaft has to transmit 10KW at 210 rpm. The maximum torque in each revolution
exceeds the mean by 30%. If the shear stress is not to exceed 80MPa. Find a suitable
diameter of the solid shaft. Calculate the angle of twist for a length of 2m. Take C =
0.8x105 N/mm2.
30. A closely coiled helical spring made of steel wire 100mm diameter has 10 coils of 120
mm mean diameter, calculate the deflection under an axial load of 100N, what is the
stiffness of the spring? Take C = 1.2 MPa.
*********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 79 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Subject Code & Name : MEM32 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY-I
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM32
Manufacturing
Technology-I
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
5 75
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit
No Topics Hours
I Foundry technology 14
II Welding technology 14
III Forming technology 14
IV Theory of metal cutting & Lathe 13
V Drilling & Metrology 13
TEST AND REVISION 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• List the various types of patterns and explain the various processes of casting and
moulding.
• Classify and explain the various types of welding processes with its safety measures.
• Compare and summarize hot and cold working manufacturing processes.
• Identify and list the various types of cutting tool materials
• Sketch and write about the various parts and functions of Lathe, semi-automatic and
automatic lathes.
• Explain the working of drilling machines and use of metrology instruments in manufacturing.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 80 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I Foundry Technology
Patterns: Definition – types of pattern – solid piece – split piece -
loose piece – match plate - sweep - skeleton – segmental – shell –
pattern materials – pattern allowances.
Moulding: Moulding sand – constituents – types – properties of
moulding sand – moulding sand preparation – moulding tools - moulding
boxes – types of moulds – green sand mould – dry sand mould – loam
mould – methods of moulding – moulding machines – jolting –
squeezing – sand slinger construction and working principle.
Cores: Essential qualities of core – materials – core sand preparation –
core binders – core boxes - CO2 process core making – types of core.
Metallurgy :– Introduction - Iron-carbon diagram.
Melting furnaces: Blast furnace – Cupola furnace – crucible furnace –
types – pit furnace – coke fired – oil fired – electric furnace – types –
direct arc – indirect arc – induction furnace – working principles.
Casting: Shell mould casting – investment casting – pressure die
casting – hot chamber die casting – cold chamber die casting – gravity
die casting – centrifugal casting – continuous casting - defects in casting
– causes and remedies.
14
II Welding Technology
Arc Welding: Definition – arc welding equipment – electrode types –
filler and flux materials - arc welding methods – metal arc - Metal Inert
gas (MIG) - Tungsten inert gas (TIG) - Submerged arc - Electro slag
welding – resistance welding – spot welding – butt welding – seam
welding – Plasma arc welding – Thermit welding – Electron beam
welding – Laser beam welding – friction welding – ultrasonic welding –
Induction welding - working principle – applications – advantages and
disadvantages.
Gas welding: Oxy-acetylene welding – advantages - limitations - gas
welding equipment - Three types of flames – welding techniques – filler
rods. – Flame cutting – soldering – brazing – difference between
soldering and brazing.
Types of welded joints – merits and demerits of welded joints –
inspection and testing of welded joints – destructive and non-destructive
types of tests – magnetic particle test – radiographic and ultrasonic test
- defects in welding – causes and remedies.
14
III Forming Technology
Forging: Hot working, cold working – advantages of hot working and
cold working– hot working operations – rolling, forging, smith forging,
drop forging, upset forging, press forging – roll forging.
Press Working: Types of presses - mechanical and hydraulic presses -
press tools and accessories - press working operations - bending
operations - angle bending - channel bending – curling – drawing -
shearing operations - blanking, piercing, trimming – notching – lancing.
Powder Metallurgy: Methods of manufacturing metal powders –
atomization, reduction and electrolysis deposition – compacting –
sintering – sizing – infiltration – mechanical properties of parts made by
powder metallurgy – design rules for the power metallurgy process.
14
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 81 of 222
IV Theory of metal cutting: Introduction – orthogonal cutting – oblique
cutting - single point cutting tool – nomenclature – types of chips – chip
breakers – cutting tool materials – properties – tool wears – factors
affecting tool life – cutting fluids – functions – properties of cutting fluid.
Centre Lathe: Introduction - specifications – simple sketch – principal
parts – head stock – back geared type – all geared type – feed
mechanism - tumbler gear mechanism – quick change gear box – apron
mechanism – work holding device – three jaw chuck – four jaw chuck –
centres - faceplate – mandrel – steady rest – follower rest – machining
operations done on lathe - straight turning – step turning - taper turning
methods: form tool – tailstock set over method – compound rest method
– taper turning attachment – knurling - Thread cutting – Facing – Boring
– chamfering –grooving – parting-off – eccentric turning - cutting speed
– feed - depth of cut - metal removal rate.
Semi-Automatic Lathes: Types of semi-automatic lathes – capstan
and turret lathes – Geneva indexing mechanism – bar feeding
mechanism - difference between turret and capstan – work holding
devices – tool holders.
13
V Drilling and Metrology
Drilling Machines: Drills - flat drills - twist drills – nomenclature of twist
drill - types of drilling machines - bench type - floor type - radial type -
gang drill – multi spindle type -principle of operation in drilling - methods
of holding drill bit - drill chucks - socket and sleeve –drilling operation –
reaming - counter sinking - counter boring - spot facing – tapping - deep
hole drilling.
Metrology: Definition – need of inspection – precision – accuracy –
sensitivity - magnification – repeatability – calibration – comparator –
Advantages – requirements – mechanical comparator – optical
comparator – electrical comparator – pneumatic comparator – Principles
– advantages and disadvantages.
Measuring instruments: Construction and principles only - Steel rule –
Callipers: outside calliper – inside calliper – jenny calliper – Combination
set – Feeler gauge – Pitch screw gauge – Vernier calliper – Digital
calliper – Vernier height gauge – Micrometer – Inside micrometer –
Thread micrometer – Slip gauges – requirement – Indian standard –
care and use - Sine bar – types – uses – limitations – Working principle
of clinometers, autocollimator, angle dekkor.
13
Text Books:
1) Elements of workshop Technology Volume I & II – Hajra Chowdry & Bhattacharaya - IIth Edition -
Media Promoters & Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Seewai Building `B’, 20-G, Noshir Bharucha Marg, Mumbai
400 007 – 2007.
2) Introduction of basic manufacturing processes and workshop technology – Rajendersingh – New
age International (P) Ltd. Publishers, 4835/24, Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi - 110002
Reference Books: 1) Manufacturing process – Begeman - 5
th Edition -McGraw Hill, New Delhi 1981.
2) Workshop Technology- WAJ Chapman - Volume I, II, & III – Vima Books Pvt. Ltd., 4262/3, Ansari
Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi 110 002.
3) Workshop Technology – Raghuwanshi - Khanna Publishers. Jain & Gupta,
4) Production Technology, Edn. XII, Khanna Publishers, 2-B, North Market, NAI Sarak, New Delhi 110
006 - 2006
5) Production Technology - P. C. SHARMA - Edn. X - S.Chand & Co. Ltd., Ram Nagar, New Delhi 110
055 - 2006
6) Production Technology – HMT- Edn. 18 - published by Tata McGraw Hill publishing Co. Ltd., 7 West
Patel nagar, New Delhi 110 008. – 2001.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 82 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM32 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY-I
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note:
1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. Name the common pattern materials used for making patterns.
2. What is the purpose of core?
3. Name the types of welded joints.
4. Name any two welding defects.
5. What is quenching?
6. Name any two heat treatment processes.
7. What is Elastomer?
8. Name any two methods of manufacturing metal powders.
9. What is the purpose of “knurling”?
10. State the advantages of automatic lathes.
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. Explain split pattern.
12. What is chilled casting?
UNIT-II
13. Sketch and explain Explosive welding.
14. Name the types of flames in Gas welding and their uses.
UNIT-III
15. Sketch and explain press forging.
16. What is the purpose of heat treatment?
UNIT-IV
17. What is the design consideration for plastic components?
18. What are the design rules for the powder metallurgy?
UNIT-V
19. Explain any one work holding device in Lathe.
20. Differentiate between Automatic and Semi-automatic Lathes.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 83 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Explain with neat sketch ‘Top squeezer’ and ‘Bottom squeezer’ machines.
22. Explain any four properties of moulding sand.
UNIT-II
23. A) Sketch and explain ‘TIG’ welding process. (4)
B) Sketch and explain Laser beam welding and its applications. (6)
24. Explain any two NDT for testing welded joints.
UNIT-III
25. Sketch and explain drop forging with its applications and advantages.
26. A) Explain cyaniding. (4)
B) List the heat treatment processes and explain hardening process. (6)
UNIT-IV
27. Explain with sketch reciprocating screw injection moulding.
28. Explain with sketch the working of sintering furnace.
UNIT-V
29. A) Explain with neat sketch form tool method of taper turning. (5)
B) Explain with sketch draw back collet. (5)
30. Differentiate between capstan and turret lathe.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 84 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Subject Code & Name : MEM33 FLUID MECHANICS & FLUID POWER
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM33 Fluid
Mechanics &
Fluid Power
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
5 75
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit Topics Hours
I Properties of fluids and pressure measurements 14
II Flow of fluids and flow through pipes 14
III Impact of jets, hydraulic turbines, centrifugal and reciprocating
pumps 14
IV Hydraulic systems 13
V Pneumatic systems 13
TEST AND REVISION 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Classify the properties of fluids and explain the working of various pressure measuring
device.
• Apply the continuity equation and Bernoulli’s theorem and compute the impact of friction
loss of head in flow through pipes
• Find out the discharge through orifice and venturi meter.
• Compare the working principles of pumps and turbines and explain working of centrifugal
and reciprocating pumps.
• Compare the hydraulic and pneumatic system and apply various pneumatic circuits for
simple industrial applications.
• Describe the properties of hydraulic system and implement the hydraulic circuit for simple
machine tool applications.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 85 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I PROPERTIES OF FLUIDS AND PRESSURE MEASUREMENTS
Properties OF Fluids: Introduction - Definition of fluid - Classification of
Fluids - ideal and real fluids -Properties of a fluid – definition and units -
Pressure-units of Pressure - Pressure head-atmospheric, gauge and
absolute pressure – problems - Pascal’s law- proof - applications of Pascal’s
law - Hydraulic press - Hydraulic jack
Pressure Measurements: Pressure measurement - Piezometer tube -
Simple U-tube manometer - Differential U-tube manometer - Inverted
Differential manometer - Micro-manometer - Inclined tube micro-manometer -
Mechanical Gauges -Bourdon’s Tube Pressure Gauge - Diaphragm pressure
gauge - Dead weight pressure gauge.
14
II FLOW OF FLUIDS AND FLOW THROUGH PIPES
Flow of Fluids: Types of fluid flow - path line and stream line - mean velocity
of flow - discharge of a flowing fluid - equation of continuity of fluid flow -
energies of fluid - Bernoulli’s theorem - statement, assumptions and proof -
applications and limitations of Bernoulli’s theorem - problems on Bernoulli’s
theorem – venturimeter - derivation for discharge - orifice meter - derivation
for discharge - difference between venturimeter and orifice meter -problems
on venturimeter and orifice meter - Pitot tube – description only – orifice –
types – applications - hydraulic co-efficients - determining hydraulic co-
efficients – problems - discharge through a small orifice discharging freely
only - problems –experimental method of finding Cv, Cc and Cd
Flow Through Pipes: Flow through pipes - laws of fluid friction - hydraulic
gradient line - total energy line - wetted perimeter - hydraulic mean radius -
loss of head due to friction - Darcy-Weisbach equation and Chezy’s
formula(No Derivation) –problems - minor losses (description only) - Power
transmission through pipes - problems.
14
III IMPACT OF JETS, HYDRAULIC TURBINES, CENTRIFUGAL AND
RECIPROCATING PUMPS
Impact of jet: Impact of jet - on a stationary flat plate held normal to the jet
and inclined to the direction of jet - Impact of jet on a flat plate moving in the
direction of jet - Impact of jet on a series of moving plates or vanes - force
exerted and work done by the jet - problems. Hydraulic turbines –
classifications - Pelton wheel - components and working - speed regulation
(theory only) - Francis and Kaplan turbines - components and working - draft
tube - functions and types - surge tank - differences between impulse and
reaction turbines.
Centrifugal Pumps: Centrifugal Pumps – classifications - construction and
working of single stage centrifugal pumps - components with types - theory
only - multi stage pumps – advantages - priming – cavitation.
Reciprocating Pumps: Reciprocating Pumps – classifications - construction
and working of single acting and double acting reciprocating pumps - plunger
and piston pumps - discharge of a reciprocating pump - theoretical power
required - coefficient of discharge – slip – problems - negative slip - indicator
diagram – separation - air vessel (functions and working) - Special pumps -
Jet pump - Turbine pump - Submersible pump.
14
IV HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
Hydraulic system – Merits and demerits – Service properties of hydraulic
fluids - ISO symbols for hydraulic components – Hydraulic accumulators –
13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 86 of 222
Weight of gravity type accumulator – Spring loaded type accumulator - Gas
filled accumulator – Pressure intensifier – Fluid power pumps – External and
internal gear pump, Vane pump, Radial piston pump – Hydraulic actuators –
Cylinders and motors – Valves – Pressure control valves, Flow control valves
and direction control valves – types – including 4/2 DCV and 4/3 DCV
(Manual & Solenoid valve) – their location in the circuit.
Hydraulic operation of double acting cylinder with metering-in and metering-
out control – application of hydraulic circuits – Hydraulic circuit for - shaping
machine - table movement in surface grinding machine and milling machine –
comparison of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.
V PNEUMATIC SYSTEMS
Pneumatic Systems – elements – ISO symbols of pneumatic components –
filter – regulator - lubricator unit - pressure control valves - pressure relief
valves - pressure regulation valves - directional control valves - 3/2 DCV - 5/2
DCV – 5/3 DCV flow control valves – throttle valves –shuttle valves – quick
exhaust valves – pneumatic circuits – direct control of single acting cylinder –
operation of double acting cylinder – operation of double acting cylinder with
metering-in control - operation of double acting cylinder with metering-out
control – use of shuttle valve in pneumatic circuits – use of quick exhaust
valve in pneumatic circuits - automatic operation of double acting cylinder
single cycle – multiple cycle – merits and demerits of pneumatic system -
applications.
13
Text Books :
1) A Text Book of Hydraulics, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, R.S. Khurmi, -
Edn.18, S.Chand & Co., Ram Nagar, New Delhi – 110 055, Ram Nagar, New Delhi
2) A Text Book of Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines – by, R. K Rajput and S.Chand &
Co,Ram Nagar, New Delhi – 110 055.
Reference Books:
1) Hydraulic Machines, Jagadishlal, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd., 1, Faiz Bazaar, New
Delhi – 110 006.
2) Hydraulics, Andrew Parr (A Technician’s and Engineer’s Guide)
3) Fundamentals of pneumatic control Engineering -FESTO Manual
4) Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines,R. K. Bansal, Laxmi Publications
Pvt.,Ltd,22,Golden House, Daryaganj, New Delhi – 110 002.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 87 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM 33 FLUID MECHANICS AND FLUID POWER
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note:
1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. Define density.
2. What is the use of hydraulic press?
3. What is Laminar Flow?
4. What is a pitot tube?
5. Define the term impact of jet.
6. Write any one function of draft tube.
7. List two applications of pneumatic systems.
8. Draw the ISO symbol of FRL unit.
9. What is an hydraulic accumulator?
10. Draw the ISO symbol of hydraulic pump.
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. If the density of a liquid is 840 kg/m3. Find its specific weight and relative density.
12. A gauge fitted to a compressor shows a reading of 30kN/m2. Calculate the corresponding
absolute pressure in (i) kN/m2 (ii) ‘m’ of water.
UNIT-II
13. State and prove the continuity equation for a one dimensional steady flow.
14. Using Chezy’s formula v=C, find the loss of head due to friction in a circular pipe of 30m
long and 75mm diameter. When velocity of flow is 1.8m/sec.
UNIT-III
15. What are the functions of surge tank?
16. A jet of water 50mm diameter moving with a velocity of 12m/s strikes a fixed flat plate.
Calculate the force exerted by the jet, if the plate is held normal to the direction of the jet.
UNIT-IV
17. Explain briefly about shuttle valve.
18. Write short notes on 3/2 DCV used in pneumatic system.
UNIT-V
19. Explain briefly about external gear pump.
20. Write short notes on weight loaded type accumulator.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 88 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Explain with neat sketch of Bourdon’s pressure gauge.
22. The pressure of water in a pipe line is measured by means of simple manometer containing
mercury. The mercury level in the open tube is 150mm higher than that of left tube. The
height of water in the left tube is 40mm. Find the static pressure in the pipe in (i) head of
water in metres, (ii) kN/m2.
UNIT-II
23. State and prove Bernoulli’s theorem.
24. Calculate the discharge in litres per minutes through a venturimeter of size 40cm x 15cm,
when the differential mercury ‘U’ tube gauge connected to it shows a deflection of 25cm.
Assume co-efficient of discharge for the meter as 0.98.
UNIT-III
25. Sketch and explain the working of pelton wheel turbine.
26. A double acting reciprocating pump has a piston diameter of 150mm and stroke length
300mm. it raises water to a height of 20m at a speed of 60rpm. The discharge is 10 lps.
Calculate (i) theoretical discharge of the pump (ii) percentage of slip (iii) Co-efficient of
discharge.
UNIT-IV
27. Explain the pneumatic circuit for the operation of double acting cylinder with metering in
control with neat sketch.
28. State the merits and demerits of pneumatic system.
UNIT-V
29. Explain the hydraulic circuit for surface grinding machine with neat sketch.
30. Compare hydraulics system with pneumatic system.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 89 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Subject Code & Name : MEM34 Computer Aided Machine Drawing Practical
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM34
Computer Aided
Machine
Drawing
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
6 90
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Describe conventions, symbols and standards used in engineering drawing as per ISI
recommendations.
• Understand the importance of keys, thread, screws and fasteners.
• Construct / Design the part and assembly drawings of different machines assemblies.
• Use CAD packages like Auto CAD.
• Visualize and sharpening the creativity skills in developing new ideas efficiently.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 90 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I SECTIONAL VIEWS
Review of sectioning – Conventions showing the section – symbolic
representation of cutting plane- types of section – full section, half section,
offset section, revolved section, broken section, removed section – section
lining.
3
II LIMITS, FITS AND TOLERANCES
Tolerances – Allowances – Unilateral and Bilateral tolerances. Limits –
Methods of tolerances – Indication of tolerances on linear dimension of
drawings – Geometrical tolerances – application – Fits – Classifications of
fits – Selection of fits – examples
3
III SURFACE TEXTURE
Surface texture – importance – controlled and uncontrolled surfaces –
Roughness – Waviness – lay – Machining symbols
3
IV KEYS, SCREW THREADS AND THREADED FASTENERS
Types of fasteners – temporary fasteners – keys – classification of keys –
Heavy duty keys – light duty keys. Screw thread – Nomenclature – different
types of thread profiles – threads in sections – threaded fasteners – bolts –
nuts – through bolt – tap bolt, stud bolt – set screw – cap screws – machine
screws – foundation bolts
3
V CAD DRAWING PRACTICE
Detailed drawings of following machine parts are given to students to
assemble and draw the Elevations / Sectional elevations / Plan / and Side
views with dimensioning and bill of materials using CAD Software
1. Sleeve & Cotter joint
2. Knuckle joint
3. Screw Jack
4. Foot step bearing
5. Plummer Block
6. Universal coupling
7. Simple Eccentric
8. Machine Vice
9. Protected type flanged coupling
10. Swivel Bearing
75
Reference Books:
1) Machine Drawing, P.S. Gill, Katsan Publishing House, Ludiana
2) A Text book of Engineering Drawing, R.B. Gupta, Satya Prakasan, Technical India
Publications, New Delhi
3) Mechanical Draughtsmanship, G.L. Tamta, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi
4) Geometrical and Machine Drawing, N.D. Bhatt, Cheroter book stalls, Anand, West Railway
5) Engineering Drawing, D.N. Ghose, Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 91 of 222
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Part-A 1
Written Theory Questions
(Unit-I to Unit-IV) – 3 out
of 4 Questions
15
Part-B 2
Assemble and Draw 2 or 3
views with Dimensioning
and bill of materials (2D)
55
3 Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
1. Personal computer – 36 Nos.
2. Printer – 2 Nos.
3. Required Softwares:
CAD Package – 36 seats.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 92 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Subject Code & Name : MEM35 Strength of Materials and Fluid Mechanics Practical
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM35
Strength of
Materials and
Fluid Mechanics
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
3 45
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Find stress, strain relations for steel by conducting tensile test on ductile materials.
• Perform hardness test, torsion test, bending and deflection test and impact test.
• Explain and perform the tests on open and closed coil springs, shear test and fatigue test
and can interpret the results accordingly.
• List and describe procedure for determining coefficient of discharge of mouthpiece, Venturi
meter and orifice meter and perform the experiment and explain the verifying method of
Bernoulli’s theorem.
• Carry out the performance test on reciprocating pump, centrifugal pump, impulse turbine
and reaction turbine and find the friction factor in a pipe.
PART-A:
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB
Exercises:
1. Test on Ductile Materials:
Finding Young’s Modulus of Elasticity, yield points, percentage elongation and percentage
reduction in area, stress strain diagram plotting, tests on mild steel.
2. Hardness Test:
Determination of Rockwell’s Hardness Number for various materials like mild steel, high
carbon steel, brass, copper and aluminium.
3. Torsion test:
Torsion test on mild steel – relation between torque and angle of twist-determination of
shear modulus and shear stress.
4. Impact test:
Finding the resistance of materials to impact loads by Izod test and Charpy test.
5. Tests on springs of circular section:
Determination of modulus of rigidity, strain energy, shear stress and stiffness by load
deflection method (Open & Closed coil spring)
6. Shear test:
Single or double Shear test on M.S. bar to finding the resistance of material to shear load.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 93 of 222
PART-B:
FLUID MECHANICS LAB
Exercises:
1. Verifying the Bernoulli’s Theorem
2. Determination of co-efficient of discharge of a mouth piece and orifice by variable head
method.
3. Determination of co-efficient of discharge of a venturimeter and orificemeter.
4. Determination of the Friction Factor in a pipe.
5. Performance test on reciprocating pump and to draw the characteristics curves.
6. Performance test on centrifugal pump and to draw the characteristics curves.
7. Performance test on impulse turbine and to find out the Efficiency.
8. Performance test on reaction turbine and to find out the Efficiency.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Part-A
1 Observation / Tabulation 10
2 Tabulation/ Calculation 20
3 Result / Graph 05
Part-B
4 Observation / Tabulation 10
5 Tabulation/ Calculation 20
6 Result / Graph 05
7 Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 94 of 222
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS 1. UTM 01
2. Rockwell’s Hardness Testing Machine 01
3. Torsion testing machine 01
4. Impact testing machine 01
5. Spring testing arrangements 01
6. Shear testing machine 01
7. Vernier calliper 02
8. The Bernoulli’s Apparatus 01
9. An Open tank fitted with a small orifice / an external mouth piece and a
collecting tank with Piezometer 01
10.Venturimeter/Orifice meter arrangement to calculate the co-efficient
of discharge 01
11. An arrangement to find friction factor of pipe 01
12. A reciprocating pump with an arrangement for collecting tank to find out
the efficiency and plot the characteristics curves. 01
13. A centrifugal pump with an arrangement for collecting tank to find out the
efficiency and plot the characteristics curves. 01
14. A impulse turbine with an arrangement for calculating data to find out the
efficiency 01
15. A reaction turbine with an arrangement for collecting data to find out the
efficiency 01
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 95 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Subject Code & Name : MEM36 METROLOGY AND METALLOGRAPHY PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM36
Metrology and
Metallography
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
3 45
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Identify linear and angular measuring instruments.
• Classify the linear and angular measuring instruments.
• Explain geometric measurements and name the instruments.
• Carry out measuring of thickness, diameter, heights, depth of different components and use
suitable instruments.
• Describe the working of metallurgical microscope and list its uses.
• Use metallurgical microscope to find the microstructure of ferrous metals (low carbon,
medium carbon, high carbon, grey cast iron and spheroidal cast iron)
• List the methods to find cracks in casting and conduct visual inspection, die penetrant test
and magnetic particle test.
PART-A
METROLOGY SECTION:
• Introduction to linear measurement.
• Introduction to angular measurement.
• Introduction to geometric measurements.
• Study of Least Count of measuring instruments.
• Study of accuracy of instruments and calibration of instruments.
• Study of Linear Measuring Instruments: Vernier Caliper, Micrometer, Inside Micrometer,
Vernier Height gauge, Depth Gauge and Slip Gauge.
• Study of Angular Measuring Instruments – Universal Bevel Protractor, Sine Bar.
• Study of Geometric measurement - Gear tooth Vernier, Thread Micrometer.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 96 of 222
Exercises:
1. Measure the dimensions of ground MS flat / cylindrical bush using Vernier Caliper compare
with Digital / Dial Vernier Caliper.
2. Measure the diameter of a wire using micrometer and compare the result with digital
micrometer
3. Measure the thickness of ground MS plates using slip gauges
4. Measure the angle of a V-block / Taper Shank of Drill / Dovetail using universal bevel
protractor.
5. Measure the angle of the machined surface using sine bar with slip gauges.
6. Measure the geometrical dimensions of V-Thread using thread Vernier gauge.
7. Measure the geometrical dimensions of spur gear.
PART-B
METALLOGRAPHY SECTION:
• To study the micro structure of the metals using Metallurgical Microscope.
• Determine the micro structure of the ferrous and nonferrous metals.
• Prepare the specimen to study the microstructure.
• Conduct the liquid penetration test to find the crack.
• Conduct magnetic particle test to find cracks.
Exercises:
1. Find the grain structure of the given specimen using the Metallurgical Microscope.
2. Prepare a specimen to examine the micro structure of the Ferrous and Non-ferrous metal.
3. Detect the cracks in the specimen using Visual Inspection and ring test.
4. Detect of cracks in specimen using Die penetration test.
5. Detect the cracks in specimen using Magnetic particle test.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Part-A
1 Procedure/Least Count 15
2 Reading/ Calculation 20
3 Result 10
Part-B
4 Procedure 10
5 Preparation and
Observation 10
6 Result 05
7 Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 97 of 222
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
1. Vernier Caliper - 2 Nos.
2. Micrometer - 2 Nos.
3. Slip gauges - 2 Nos.
4. Universal bevel protractor. - 2 Nos.
5. Sine bar - 2 Nos.
6. Thread micrometer - 2 Nos.
7. Surface plate - 2 Nos.
8. Vernier height gauge - 1No.
9. Metallurgical Microscope. - 2 Nos.
10. Polishing machine - 1 No.
11. Mounting machine - 1 No.
12. Specimen - Sufficient quantity
(Ferrous / Non-ferrous metals)
13. Consumable - Sufficient quantity
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 98 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : III
Subject Code & Name : MEM37 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY-I PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM37
Manufacturing
Technology-I
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
6 90
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Identify the various parts of a centre lathe and understand their functions.
• Identify the various work holding devices and prepare suitable tools for various operation.
• Read the component drawing and perform the operations in a lathe and measure the
machined components using standard measuring instruments.
• Classify the various types of mould patterns and prepare simple sand moulds using
moulding tools.
• Demonstrate the concept of arc and gas welding and understand the equipments used for
safety aspects.
PART-A
LATHE SECTION:
1. Introduction of safety in operating machines.
2. Study of lathe and its parts.
3. Types of tools used in lathe work.
4. Study of work holding devices and tool holding devices.
5. Setting of work and tools.
6. Operation of lathe.
7. Practice on a lathe.
8. Types of measuring instruments and their uses.
Exercises:
Make the following jobs in the lathe. Raw material M.S. Rod
1. Facing, Step turning, Chamfering & Groove cutting
2. Step turning & Taper turning
3. Step turning & Knurling
4. Step turning & Thread cutting (L.H)
5. Step turning & Thread cutting (R.H)
6. Bush: Turning & Drilling
7. Eccentric turning
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 99 of 222
PART-B
1. FOUNDRY SECTION
1. Introduction of tools and equipment
2. Types of patterns
3. Types of sand
4. Preparation of sand moulds
5. Core sands, preparation of cores
Exercises:
Prepare the green sand mould using the following patterns.
Solid pattern
1. Stepped pulley
2. Bearing top
Split pattern
3. Bent Pipe with core print
4. T-pipes with core print
5. Tumbles
Loose Piece Pattern
6. Dovetail
Core preparation
7. Core preparation for Bent pipe / T-pipe
2. WELDING SECTION
1. Introduction of Safety in welding shop
2. Introduction to hand tools and equipment
3. Arc and gas welding equipment
4. Types of joints
Exercises :
Make the following welding joint / cutting.
Arc welding (Raw Material: 25 mm x 6mm MS flat)
1. Lap joint
2. Butt joint
3. T- joint
Gas Welding (Raw Material: 25mm x 3mm Ms flat)
4. Lap joint
5. Butt joint
Gas cutting: (GI/MS Sheet - 3mm thickness)
6. Profile cutting – circular profile
Spot welding: (GI/MS Sheet)
7. Lap joint
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 100 of 222
Exercises: Make the following jobs in the lathe. Raw material 32 mm M.S. Rod 1. Facing, Step turning, Chamfering & Groove cutting
2. Step turning & Taper turning
3. Step turning & Knurling
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 101 of 222
4. Step turning & Thread cutting (L.H.)
5. Step turning & Thread cutting (R.H)
6. Bush: Turning & Drilling
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 102 of 222
7. Eccentric turning
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Part-A
2 Hrs
1 Job settings/Calculations/Machine
setting 15
2 Machining and Finishing 15
3 Dimensions of the component 15
Part-B
1 Hr
4 Preparation of Job/Mould 15
5 Welding/Mould Finishing 10
6 Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
Note: Part A: One question from Lathe Exercises - 45 Marks Part-B: One question from Foundry/Welding - 25 Marks
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 103 of 222
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS Lathe Section:
1. Lathe (Minimum 4 ½‘) - 13 Nos.
2. All geared lathe - 2 Nos.
3. 4 Jaw / 3 Jaw Chucks - Required Numbers
4. Chuck key - Required Numbers
5. Spanner - Sufficient quantity
6. Cutting Tools - Sufficient quantity
7. Pitch gauge - 5 Nos.
8. Screw gauge - 5 Nos.
9. Vernier Caliper - 5 Nos.
10. Snap gauges - Sufficient quantity
11. Steel Rule (0-150) - Sufficient quantity
12. Calipers (Inside / Outside / Jenny) - Sufficient quantity
13. Dial Gauge with Magnetic Stand - Sufficient quantity
14. Marking Gauge - Sufficient quantity
15. Safety Glass - 15 Nos.
Welding:
1. Arc welding booth - 2 No’s with welding transformer
2. Gas welding unit - 1 Set
(Oxygen and acetylene cylinder)
3. Flux - Sufficient quantity
4. Electrode - Sufficient quantity
5. Welding rod - Sufficient quantity
6. Welding shield - 5 Nos.
7. Gas welding goggles - 5 Nos.
8. Leather Glows 18’’ - 10 Sets.
9. Chipping hammer - 10 Nos.
10. Spot welding machine - 1 No.
11. Personal protective equipment - Sufficient quantity
12. Fire safety equipment - Sufficient quantity
Foundry:
1. Moulding board - 15 Nos.
2. Cope box - 20 Nos.
3. Drag box - 20 Nos.
4. Core box - 10 Nos.
5. Shovel - 5 Nos.
6. Rammer set - 20 Nos.
7. Slick - 15 Nos.
8. Strike-off bar - 20 Nos.
9. Riddle - 5 Nos .
10. Trowel - 20 Nos.
11. Lifter - 15 Nos.
12. Cleaning Brush - 20 Nos.
13. Vent rod - 20 Nos.
14. Draw spike - 20 Nos.
15. Gate cutter - 20 Nos.
16. Runner & riser - 30 Nos. each
17. Patterns - Sufficient quantity
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 104 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Subject Code & Name : MEM41 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM41 Applied
Thermodynamics
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
5 75
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit.
No. Topics Hours
I Basics of thermodynamics and thermodynamic processes of perfect
gases 14
II Thermodynamic air cycles and steady flow energy equation &
applications 14
III Air compressors and gas turbines 14
IV Fuels and combustion of Fuels & IC Engines. 13
V Performance of IC Engines and Heat Transfer. 13
TEST AND REVISION 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES :
• Understand the principles and laws of thermodynamics; compute simple problems related
to expansion of perfect gases which follows the law of thermodynamics.
• Construct the cycles (like Otto, Diesel, etc.) for various processes and understand the
concept of SFEE and its applications.
• Classify the working of compressors and its applications; Integrate the working principles of
gas turbines and jet propulsion.
• Classify the types of fuels; compute the air required for burning of various types of fuel and
the apparatus required to compute the burning of various types of fuels used.
• Classify the I.C engines and explain its working; evaluate the performance of I.C engines.
• Explain the modes of heat transfer and find the rate of heat transfer by conduction through
plane wall.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 105 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I BASICS OF THERMODYNAMICS AND THERMODYNAMIC
PROCESSES OF PERFECT GASES
Introduction:- definitions and units of mass, weight, volume, density,
specific weight, specific gravity and specific volume – pressure – units of
pressure – temperature - absolute temperature – S.T.P and N.T.P
conditions – heat - specific heat capacity at constant volume and at
constant pressure – work – power – energy – types - law of conservation
of energy – thermodynamic system – types – thermodynamic equilibrium -
properties of systems – intensive and extensive properties –State of
System- process – cycle – point and path functions - zeroth , first and
second laws of thermodynamics - Simple problems
Perfect gases: - laws of perfect gases – Boyle’s, Charle’s , Joule’s,
Regnault’s and Avogadro’s laws –General Gas Equation- Characteristic
gas equation – relation between specific heats and gas constant –
Universal gas constant –Change in Internal Energy- enthalpy – change in
enthalpy – entropy.- Simple problems
Thermodynamic processes:-Constant volume, Constant pressure ,
Constant temp.(isothermal) ,Isentropic ( reversible adiabatic ) and,
Polytrophic Processes – P-V and T-S diagrams, work done , change in
internal energy , heat transfer , change in enthalpy, change in entropy for
above processes –Simple problems – hyperbolic ,Free expansion and
throttling processes(Description only) .
14
II THERMODYNAMIC AIR CYCLES AND STEADY FLOW ENERGY
EQUATION & APPLICATIONS
Air cycles: – air standard efficiency – reversible and irreversible
processes – assumptions in deriving air standard efficiency – Carnot cycle
– Otto cycle – Diesel cycle - Comparison of ideal and actual P-V diagrams
of Otto and Diesel cycles – Simple problems.
Steady flow system: – control volume – steady flow energy equation –
assumptions –Engineering applications – steam boiler – condenser –
nozzles – steam and gas turbines – reciprocating and rotary compressors
– Centrifugal pump – non flow energy equation – Simple problems.
14
III AIR COMPRESSORS AND GAS TURBINES
Air Compressors: uses of compressed air – classifications of Air
compressor – reciprocating compressor - single stage reciprocating
compressor – compression processes – clearance volume and its effects –
volumetric efficiency – multi stage compression – merits and demerits –
Two stage compressor with imperfect cooling- with perfect inter cooling –
simple problems-rotary compressors – Roots blower - vane blowers –
centrifugal and axial flow air compressors.
Gas turbines: Gas turbines – uses - classifications – merits and demerits
of gas turbines - constant pressure combustion gas turbine – gas turbine
with – intercooler – reheater - regenerator -effects – closed cycle gas
turbines - merits and demerits of open and closed cycle gas turbines – jet
propulsion -turbojet engines – merits and demerits – turbo propeller
engines – merits and demerits - ramjet– merits and demerits –Rocket
engines – applications of rockets.
14
IV FUELS & COMBUSTION, IC ENGINES
Fuels & Combustion: Classifications of fuels - merits and demerits – 13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 106 of 222
requirements of a good fuel – combustion equations – stoichiometric air
required for complete combustion of fuels – excess air – products of
combustion – problems – analysis of exhaust gases- calorific value of
fuels- Bomb and Junker’s calorimeter.
Internal combustion engines: Classifications of I.C Engines –
components of I.C Engines and functions- material and method of
manufacturing - four stroke cycle petrol and diesel engines – two stroke
cycle petrol and diesel engines - comparison of four stroke and two stroke
engines – Comparison of petrol and diesel engines - valve timing diagram
for four stroke petrol and diesel engines – port timing diagram for two
stroke petrol and diesel engines.
V Performance of IC Engines and Heat Transfer
Performance of IC Engines: Testing - thermodynamic and commercial
tests – indicated power – brake power – friction power – efficiencies of I.C.
engines – indicated thermal ,brake thermal, mechanical and relative
efficiencies – Specific fuel consumption – problems - Morse test –
procedure – problems – heat balance sheet – problems.
Heat Transfer: Modes of Heat Transfer – heat transfer by conduction-
Fourier’s law – Thermal Conductivity-heat conduction plane and composite
walls – problems on simple plane wall – heat transfer by convection – heat
exchanger- parallel flow and counter flow- LMTD – forced convection-
natural convection- heat transfer by radiation- radioactive properties-
definitions of black and white and opaque, transparent and grey bodies.
13
Text Book:
1) Thermal Engg, R.K .Rajput, 8th Edition, Laxmi publications, Pvt Ltd, New Delhi.
2) Applied Thermodynamics, P.K. Nag, 2nd Edition, TATA McGraw - Hill Publishing Company,
New Delhi .
3) Thermal Engineering, R.S. Khurmi and J.K. Gupta, 18th Edition, S.Chand & Co, New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1) Thermal Engineering, P.L.Ballaney, 24th Edition, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
2) Thermal Engineering, B.K. Sarkar, 3rd Edition , DhanpatRai& Sons New Delhi
3) Applied Thermodynamics, Domkundwar and .P.Kothandaraman, 2ndEdition, Khanna
publishers, New Delhi.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 107 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM41 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note: 1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each) 2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each) 3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each) 4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. Name any two intensive properties.
2. State clausius statement
3. Define air standard efficiency.
4. What is meant by control volume?
5. State the purpose of inter-cooling.
6. What is rocket propulsion?
7. What is meant by excess air?
8. What is scavenging?
9. Define: Brake power.
10. Define: Black body
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. Explain the open and closed system with examples.
12. Derive an expression for the work done during adiabatic process.
UNIT-II
13. State the assumptions made in deriving air standard efficiency.
14. What is meant by reversible cycle? State the conditions of reversibility.
UNIT-III
15. What is clearance volume? State the effect of clearance volume in volumetric efficiency of a
compressor?
16. State the advantages and disadvantages of multistage compression with intercooling.
UNIT-IV
17. Define HCV and LCV of a fuel.
18. Compare four stroke and two stroke engine.
UNIT-V
19. How and why Morse test is conducted?
20. What are the different modes of heat transfer? Explain.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 108 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. 0.35m3 of air at 220oC and under atmospheric pressure is heated under constant volume to
a temperature of 100oC. Determine (a) mass of air, (b) the final pressure (c) heat transfer
(d) the change in internal energy (e) work done (f) the change in enthalpy and (g) the
change in entropy. Assume Cp = 1 kJ/kgK and Cv = 0.71 kJ/kgK
22. 0.5kg of air at 180oC expands adiabatically to 3 times its original volume. During the
expansion, the temperature is decreased to 20oC. Work done during expansion is 53
kN-m. Find Cp, Cv and R.
UNIT-II
23. The following data refer to a four cylinder petrol engine:
Total swept volume – 2000 cc
Clearance volume – 60 cc per cylinder
Maximum cycle temperature – 1400oC
At the beginning of compression, the pressure is 105 N/m2 and the temperature is 24oC.
Calculate air standard efficiency and the mean effective pressure.
24. Find the power output of a diesel engine working on a standard diesel cycle with a
compression ratio of 16 and an air flow rate of 0.25 kg/sec. The initial condition of air is 1
bar pressure absolute and 27oC temperature. Heat added per cycle is 2500 kJ/kg. Assume
Cp = 1 kJ/kgK and Cv = 0.74 kJ/kgK.
UNIT-III
25. Estimate the power consumption of a single stage double acting air compressor given the
following particulars. Cylinder diameter – 280mm; Stroke – 200mm; Clearance volume –
3% of stroke volume; Delivery pressure – 7.5 bar; Suction pressure – 1 bar; Speed – 350
rpm. The compression and expansion curves follow the law p.V1.2 = constant.
26. Explain the construction and working of a turbo-propeller engine with a neat sketch.
UNIT-IV
27. The following particulars refer to an experimental determination of calorific value of a
sample coal containing carbon 88% and hydrogen 4.2%.
Mass of coal = 0.78kg
Mass of fuse wire = 0.02gm of calorific value 7000 kJ/kg
Mass of water in the calorimeter = 190gm
Water equivalent of calorimeter = 350 gm
Observed temperature rise = 2.98oC
Cooling correction = 0.016oC. Find the lower calorific value of fuel.
28. Explain the overhead valve mechanism with neat sketch.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 109 of 222
UNIT-V
29. During a test on a four-stroke cycle diesel engine the following data and results were
obtained:
Mean height of the indicator diagram = 21mm
Spring index = 27kN/m2/mm
Swept volume of the cylinder = 1.4 litres
Speed of the engine = 396rpm
Net load on the brake = 0.7554 kN
Radius of the brake drum = 0.7m
Fuel consumption = 7.2 kg/hr
Calorific value of fuel = 44000kJ/kg
Cooling water circulation = 540kg/hr
Rise in temperature of cooling water = 33oC
Specific heat of water = 4.18 kJ/kgK
Energy to exhaust gases = 33.6 kJ/s
Determine: (i) Mechanical efficiency (ii) the heat balance sheet expressed as kJ/s and as
percentage of heat supplied to engine.
30. A composite wall is formed of a 0.025 m copper plate, 0.032m layer of asbestos and 0.05m
layer of fiber glass. Calculate the heat flow per unit area and interface temperatures. The
inner side of wall is at 600oC and outer side of wall is at 100oC. Thermal conductivity of
copper, asbestos and fiber glass are 386 W/mK, 0.105 W/mK and 0.05 W/mK respectively.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 110 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Subject Code & Name : MEM42 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY-II
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM42
Manufacturing
Technology-II
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
5 75
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3 25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit Topics Hours
I Manufacturing of Plastic Components and Composite Manufacturing 14
II Reciprocating Machines and Broaching Machine 14
III Milling Machines and Gear Generating Processes 14
IV Abrasive Process and Non- Conventional Machining Processes 13
V Jigs & Fixtures
13
TEST AND REVISION 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Identify the types and manufacturing processes for plastic components and composite
materials.
• Explain the working of planer, shaper and slotter machines.
• List and describe the various types of milling cutters and name the different milling
operations and gear making processes.
• Classify the different types of grinding operations.
• List and explain different non-conventional machining processes.
• Summarize the various types of jigs and fixtures and explain the different types of press
working operations.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 111 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I MANUFACTURING OF PLASTIC COMPONENTS AND COMPOSITE
MANUFACTURING
Plastic Components: Types of plastics - Engineering plastics – thermosets
– composite - structural foam, elastomers - polymer alloys and liquid crystal
polymers. Factors Influencing the Selection Of Plastics - Mechanical
properties – degradation - wear resistance - frictional properties - special
properties –processing – cost
Processing of Plastics: Extrusion-general features of single screw
extrusion -twin screw extruders. Injection moulding types: Plunger type -
Reciprocating screw injection - details of injection mould - structural foam
injection mould - sandwich moulding - gas injection moulding - injection
moulding of thermosetting materials - calendaring and rotational moulding.
Design consideration for plastic components.
Composite manufacturing: Introduction – characteristics of composite
manufacturing - constituents – Glass fibers manufacturing process – hand
laminating process – autoclave processing – filament winding – pultrusion
process – liquid composite process – working principles by schematic
diagram only – advantages – disadvantages.
14
II RECIPROCATING MACHINES
Planer: Introduction - description of double housing planer – specifications -
principles of operation – drives - quick return mechanism - feed mechanism -
work holding devices and special fixtures - types of tools - operations.
Shaper: Introduction – specifications – principles of operations standard
shaper – quick return mechanism - crank and slotted link – hydraulic shaper -
feed mechanism - work holding devices – fixture - operations.
Slotter: Introduction – specifications - method of operation - Whitworth quick
return mechanism - feed mechanism - work holding devices - types of tools.
Broaching: Types of broaching machine - horizontal, vertical and continuous
broaching - principles of operation - types of broaches – classification -
broach tool nomenclature - broaching operations.
14
III MILLING MACHINES AND GEAR GENERATING PROCESSES
Milling Machines: Types - column and knee type – plain - universal milling
machine - vertical milling machine - principles of operation - specification of
milling machines - work holding devices - tool holding devices - arbor - stub
arbor - spring collet – adapter. Milling cutters: cylindrical milling cutter -
slitting cutter -side milling cutter - angle milling cutter - T-slot milling cutter -
woodruff milling cutter - fly cutter - nomenclature of cylindrical milling cutter.
Milling operations: straddle milling - gang milling - vertical milling attachment.
Indexing plate – differential indexing - simple indexing – compound indexing
– simple problems.
Gear Generating Process: gear shaper - gear hobbing - principle of
operation only. Gear finishing processes: burnishing – shaving - grinding and
lapping - gear materials.
14
IV ABRASIVE PROCESS AND NON- CONVENTIONAL MACHINING
PROCESSES
Abrasive Process: Types and classification – specifications - rough grinding
– pedestal grinders - portable grinders - belt grinders - precision grinding -
cylindrical grinder - centerless grinders – surface grinder - tool and cutter
grinder - planetary grinders - principles of operations - grinding wheels –
13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 112 of 222
abrasives - natural and artificial diamond wheels - types of bonds - grit, grade
and structure of wheels - wheel shapes and sizes - standard marking
systems of grinding wheels - selection of grinding wheel - mounting of
grinding wheels - Dressing and Truing of wheels - Balancing of grinding
wheels.
Non-Conventional Machining Processes: Construction, working and
applications of Ultrasonic machining - chemical machining - electro chemical
grinding - electrical discharge machining - plasma arc machining - LASER
machining - Advantages – Disadvantages.
V JIGS & FIXTURES
Jigs And Fixtures: Definitions and concept of Jig and fixture – Advantages
of jigs and fixtures – Elements of jigs and fixtures – locating devices – ‘V’
locators – fixed stop locators – adjustable stop locators – clamping devices –
strap clamp, screw clamp – cam action clamp – types of jig – indexing drill jig
– types of fixtures – keyway milling fixture – string milling fixture.
13
Text Book:
1. Elements of Workshop Technology- Vol. I & II, Hajra Choudry & Battacharya, Edn. 11,
published by Media Promoters and Publishers Pvt. Ltd., Seervai Buildings `B’, 20-G, Noshir
Bharucha Marg, Mumbai 400 007 – 2007.
2. Production Technology, Jain & Gupta, Khanna Publishers, 2-B, North Market, Naisarak, New
Delhi – 110 006 – 2006.
Reference Book:
1. Production Technology, HMT, Edn. 18, published by Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 7,
West Patel Nagar, New Delhi 110 008.
2. Manufacturing process, Myro N Begman, , Edn. 5, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 7,
West Patel Nagar, New Delhi 110 008.
3. Workshop Tech Vol I,II, III, WAJ. Chapman, published by Viva Books Pvt. Ltd., 4262/3, Ansari
Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi 110 002.
4. Production processes, NITTTR, published by 5, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., West
Patel Nagar, New Delhi 110 008.
5. Principles of the manufacturing of Composite materials – Suong V Hoa, DES tech publication.
Inc, 439, North Duke street, Lancaster, Pennsylvania – 17602 U.S.A.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 113 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM 42 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY-II
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note:
1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. Name the different chip breakers.
2. Define deep hole drilling?
3. Name the types of planers.
4. Name the work holding devices used in a slotting machine.
5. Name any two types of milling cutter.
6. What are the applications of cast iron as a gear material?
7. What is grit in grinding?
8. Name the different broaching operations.
9. Define jig.
10. Name the types of presses.
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. Draw the nomenclature of single point cutting tool and label the parts.
12. Explain the functions of chip breakers.
UNIT-II
13. Write the specifications of planer.
14. Explain various types of feed movement used in slotter.
UNIT-III
15. Explain with sketch End Milling operation.
16. List out the different gear materials.
UNIT-IV
17. Explain grit, grade and structure of grinding wheels.
18. Explain the nomenclature of a pull broach.
UNIT-V
19. List out the advantages of Jigs and Fixtures.
20. Sketch and Explain fixed stop locators used in jigs.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 114 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Explain with neat sketch Radial drilling machine. State its advantages.
22. Explain Horizontal and Vertical types of boring machines with neat sketch.
UNIT-II
23. Explain the construction and working of a double housing planer with neat sketch.
24. Explain with neat sketch the crank and slotted link quick return mechanism of a shaper.
UNIT-III
25. Explain the construction and working of a universal milling machine. State its advantages.
26. List out the different types of gear finishing processes. Explain any two processes with neat
sketch.
UNIT-IV
27. Explain the selection and mounting of grinding wheels with neat sketch.
28. Explain the construction and working of a Electrical discharge machining (EDM). State its
advantages and disadvantages.
UNIT-V
29. Sketch and explain the following types of clamps used in Jigs and Fixtures.
(a) strap clamp (b) screw clamp
30. Explain the following types of bending and shearing operations with sketches.
(a) Angle bending (b) channel bending (c) notching (d) embossing (e) lancing
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 115 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Subject Code & Name : MEM43 RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES AND ENERGY
CONSERVATION
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM43
Renewable
Energy Sources
and Energy
Conservation
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
5 75
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit
No. Topics Hours
I Fundamentals of energy, Energy conservation techniques and
energy audit 14
II Solar energy and its applications 14
III Solar Photovoltaic System and Design 14
IV Wind Energy and Ocean, Tidal & Wave Energy 13
V Bio-energy 13
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Classify the conventional and non-conventional sources of energy, role of energy in the
sustainable development for improving standard of living and its impact on the environment. • Understand and summarize energy management, energy auditing techniques &
energy conservation process.
• Understand the fundamentals of solar energy; estimate the solar radiation and its types and
solar collectors for various applications.
• Understand the principles of PV cell and explain the design of PV system.
• Describe the principles of wind energy and estimate the wind energy data, identify the site
selection for WECS, classify with WECS and safety and environmental aspects.
• Discuss the basics of OTEC, tidal and wave energy principles and concepts of geothermal
plants.
• Outline the potential and utilization of biomass, concepts of biomass energy conversion
technologies, including ethanol, biodiesel production and energy generation from urban
waste.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 116 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I FUNDAMENTALS OF ENERGY
Introduction to Energy-Energy consumption and standard of living-
classification of energy resources-consumption trend of primary energy
resources-importance of renewable energy sources- energy for sustainable
development.
ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND AUDIT, CONSERVATION: Definition,
Energy audit - need, Types of energy audit, Energy management (audit)
approach-understanding energy costs, Bench marking, Energy
performance, Matching energy use to requirement, Maximizing system
efficiencies, Optimizing the input energy requirements, Fuel and energy
substitution, Energy audit instruments
Energy Conservation Techniques- Need and importance of energy
conservation -Principles of energy conservation- Methods of energy
conservation-Cogeneration and its application-Combined cycle system-
Concept of energy management-Study of different energy management
techniques like-Analysis of input-Reuse and recycling of waste.
Economic approach of Energy Conservation-Costing of utilities like steam,
compressed air, electricity and water-Ways of improving boiler efficiency-
Thermal insulation, Critical thickness of insulation-Waste heat recovery
systems, their applications, criteria for installing unit-An introductory
approach of energy conservation in compressed air, refrigeration, air
conditioning, pumps and fans.
14
II SOLAR ENERGY AND ITS APPLICATIONS
Introduction – Solar radiation at the earth's surface-Solar Radiation
measurements-Estimation of average solar Radiation.
Solar energy collectors- Classifications-Flat plate collectors -
Concentrating collectors-performance parameter-tracking system-
compound parabolic concentrator-parabolic trough concentrators-
concentrator with point focus-heliostats-comparisons of various collectors-
efficiency of collector-selection of collector for various applications.
Solar Thermal Application: Solar water heaters-Solar industrial heating
system – Solar Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning Systems-Solar cookers-
Solar furnaces-Solar greenhouse-Solar Distillation-Solar pond Electric
power plant-Distributed Collector- Solar thermal Electric power plant.
Solar thermal energy storage: sensible storage-latent heat storage-
thermo chemical storage - solar energy programme in India.
14
III SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEM AND DESIGN:
Solar Photovoltaic System: Solar photovoltaic a brief history of PV,PV
in silicon: basic principle, crystalline PV; reducing cost and raising
efficiency, thin film PV, other innovative technologies, electrical
characteristics of silicon PV cells and modules, grid connected PV system,
cost of energy from PV ,Environmental impact and safety.
System design of solar photovoltaic system: Load analysis-solar array
Solar Design: Design-Battery Design-Simple formulas. System design
procedure. Case Studies: Designing solar home lighting system -
Designing stand alone solar PV Power plant - Designing solar PV water
pumping system - Only arriving load capacity - solar array sizing - Battery
sizing - Inverter capacity and mountings.
14
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 117 of 222
IV WIND ENERGY, OCEAN ENERGY, TIDAL & WAVE ENERGY
Wind Energy: Introduction-Basic principles of wind energy conversion:
Nature of the wind, power in the wind, forces on the blades and wind
energy conversion-wind data and energy estimation-site selection-
classification of wind energy conversion systems- components of
conversion systems-Advantages and Disadvantages-Types of wind
machines-Horizontal axis machine-Vertical axis machine-Generating
system-Energy Storage–Application of wind energy-Safety and
environmental aspects – wind energy programme in India.
Ocean Energy, Tidal & Wave Energy: Ocean energy resources –
principle's of ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) – Methods of
Ocean thermal electric power generation – Energy utilisation – basic
principle of tidal power – components and operations of tidal power plant –
Energy and Power forms of waves – Wave energy conversion devices.
13
V BIO – ENERGY
Introduction – photo synthesis – usable forms of bio mass, their
composition and fuel properties-Biomass resources – Biomass conversion
technologies – Urban waste to energy conversion – Biomass gasification –
biomass liquification – biomass to ethanol production – Biogas production
from waste Biomass – types of bio gas plants - applications – Bio diesel
production – Biomass energy programme in India.
13
Text Books:
1) Non Conventional Energy Sources - G.D. Rai – Khanna Publishers, New Delhi,1999.
2) Non Conventional Energy Sources and Utilisation - R.K. Rajput - S.Chand & Company Ltd.,
2012.
3) Renewable Energy Sources - Twidell, J.W. and Weir, A. - EFN Spon Ltd., 1986.
4) Non-Conventional Energy Resources - B.H.Khan - Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edn, 2009.
5) Industrial energy conservation- D. A. Ray- Pergaman Press
6) Energy resource management- Kirpal Singh Jogi- Sarup and sons
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 118 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM43 RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES AND ENERGY CONSERVATION
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note:
1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. State any two merits of non-conventional energy source.
2. What are the common forms of energy?
3. What are the applications of solar thermal system?
4. Define solar pond.
5. Mention any two advantages of wind energy conversion system.
6. Define energy storage.
7. What are the bio-mass conversion technologies?
8. Name any two urban waste energy conversion systems.
9. Name any two locations where geothermal energy sources are found in India.
10. What is OTEC?
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. Define conventional energy resources.
12. What is meant by energy conservation?
UNIT-II
13. What is beam radiation?
14. What is the function of solar energy collector/
UNIT-III
15. Describe about safety systems of wind turbine.
16. What is drag force and magnus force?
UNIT-IV
17. What is meant by bio-mass gasification?
18. State the types of biochemical conversion.
UNIT-V
19. How are tides produced? Explain.
20. Mention the main applications of geothermal energy.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 119 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Explain the availability of energy resources and its future trends.
22. A) What is energy chain? (4)
B) State the importance of renewable energy sources. (6)
UNIT-II
23. A) Explain sunshine recorder and its working principle. (5)
B) Write the advantages and disadvantages of solar energy. (5)
24. Explain with neat sketch of solar refrigeration and air-conditioning system.
UNIT-III
25. A) Explain the basic principles of WECS. (6)
B) State the advantages of wind energy. (4)
26. A) How do you classify WECS? (5)
B) How do you estimate wind energy? (5)
UNIT-IV
27. Explain the biodiesel production.
28. Explain the construction and working of types of biogas plant.
UNIT-V
29. Explain the principle and methods of OTEC.
30. A) Explain surge device for wave energy conversion. (5)
B) Describe impulse reaction turbine for geothermal energy conversion. (5)
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 120 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Subject Code & Name : MEM44 ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND CONTROL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM44
Electrical Drives
and Control
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
5 75
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit
No. Topics Hours
I DC Circuits and DC Machines 14
II AC Circuits and AC Machines 14
III Stepper and Servo Motors & Drives 14
IV Power Supplies and Logic Gates 13
V Control Elements and PLC 13
TEST AND REVISION 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Explore fundamental of electric circuit laws. Ohm’s law and Kirchhoff’s law, Electric current,
voltage and resistance
• Identify the effective uses of drives of Electrical machines, DC generators and its
construction, principle of operation, types and application.
• Analyse the various power supply circuits, Fundamentals of AC voltage, and current –
peak, average, and RMS value of sine wave, frequency, time period, and amplitude, power
and power factor.
• Compare the use of servo motors and stepper motors in electrical driving system
PMDC- construction and working principle and applications.
• Compare the different types of Logic gates, types of rectifiers, necessity of filters.
• Able to identify different types of Fuses, selection of fuse, necessity and fuse switch units,
Sensors and its types.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 121 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I DC CIRCUITS AND DC MACHINES
Definition- Electric current, voltage and resistance -Ohm’s law and Kirchoff’s
law. Resistance in series and parallel and series, parallel – simple problems
electromagnetism(definitions only ) – magnetic flux, flux density magnetic
fieldintensity, MMF, permeability, reluctance, Faraday’s law of
electromagneticinduction, electrical and mechanical units
DC generators – construction, principle of operation, types and application.
DC motors: - construction, principle of operation, types and application.
Necessity of starters: Three point, four point starters.
14
II AC CIRCUITS AND AC MACHINES
Fundamentals of AC voltage, and current – peak, average, RMS value of
sine wave, frequency, time period, amplitude, power and power factor
(definition only)- star and delta connection relationship between phase, line
voltage and current in star and delta connections.
Transformer: Principle of operation and construction – EMF equation (no
definition)- losses in Transformer – efficiency – application.
Alternator construction – principle of operation – types and applications.
AC machine: AC motors- Principle of operation of single phase capacitor
start and universal motor induction motor- applications- Three phase
induction motors – Squirrel cage and slip ring Induction motors (construction
and working principle only) - application – speed control of 3Ф Induction
motor -Necessity of starters – DOL and star/delta starter.
14
III STEPPER AND SERVO MOTORS & DRIVES:
PMDC, Stepper motor- construction and working principle and applications -
Servo motor – types: brushless servo motor, permanent magnet servo
motor construction and applications.
Industrial drives- types, group drive, individual drive, multi motor drive, block
diagram of Variable frequency drive , stepper motor drive: single stepping
and half stepping. Servo drives.
Electrical safety: - importance of earthing - electric shock: first aid,
precautions - causes of accident and their preventive measures. Energy
conservation
14
IV POWER SUPPLIES AND LOGIC GATES
Diode – terminals: anode and cathode, forward biasing and reverse biasing
– use of diode in rectifiers – half wave and full wave – necessity of filters-
Regulated power supplies: IC voltage regulators – SMPS, UPS and
Inverters – General description and their applications.
Display devices – LED, 7 segment LED, LCD
Logic gates: Positive and negative logic, definition, symbol truth table,
Boolean expression for OR, AND, NOT, NOR, NAND, EXOR AND EXNOR
gates – Universal logic Gates: NAND, and NOR.
13
V CONTROL ELEMENTS AND PLC
Fuses – selection of fuse – necessity of fuse- fuse switch units.
Sensors: Photo electric sensor, Inductive proximity sensors, Temperature
sensors.
Switches: Push button switch, selector switch, limit switch, pressure switch,
temperature switch, float switch and reed switch.
Relays – NO, NC – usage- bimetallic thermal overload relays.
Contactors- usage – necessity of contactor- Solenoid type contactor
13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 122 of 222
Circuit breakers – Miniature case Circuit breaker (MCCB) and Miniature
Circuit
breaker (MCB), Oil Circuit breakers (OCB), Earth leakage circuit breaker
(ELCB)
Features of PLC-PLC Block diagram- PLC scan - Fixed and modular PLC
Ladder logic-NO, NC contacts-Coils-AND, OR.
Text Books:
1) A course in electrical engineering - B.L.Theraja - Multi Colour Edition, S Chand & Co,
Reprint 2006
2) Control of Machines - S.K Bhattacharya, Brijinder Singh – New Age Publishers, Second
Edition- Reprint 2010
3) Electronic Circuits & System- Analog and Digital – Y.N.Bapat - Tata McGraw Hill.
Reference Books:
1) Electrical Technology – Hughes - 8th Edition, Pearson Education.
2) Electronic Device and Circuits- An introduction – Allen Mottershed - Prentice Hall of India.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 123 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEL 44 ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND CONTROL
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note:
1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. State Ohm’s law.
2. State Kirchhoff’s current law.
3. What is RMS Value?
4. What is called amplitude?
5. Mention the types of servo motor.
6. What do you mean by group drive?
7. Draw the symbols of Diode.
8. What is the function of rectifier?
9. What is the use of fuse?
10. Draw the symbol of NO and NC.
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. Define MMF, Permeability and reluctance.
12. Draw and show the parts of three starters.
UNIT-II
13. Explain about the principle of Attenuator.
14. Explain about the principle of 3 phase induction motor.
UNIT-III
15. Draw the block diagram of variable frequency drive.
16. Write short notes on energy conservation.
UNIT-IV
17. Draw and explain the full wave rectifier.
18. Discuss about the operation of 7 segment LED.
UNIT-V
19. Write about the operation of inductive proximity sensors.
20. Discuss about the function of temperature switch.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 124 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Explain about the principle of DC Generator with a neat sketch. Also mention any two
applications.
22. Explain about the principle of DC Motor with a neat sketch. Also mention any two
applications.
UNIT-II
23. Explain the principle of transformer with suitable sketch. Also mention its losses.
24. Explain about the operation of Star/Delta Starter in Induction Motor.
UNIT-III
25. Explain about principle of Stepper motor with suitable sketch. Also mention any two
applications.
26. Discuss about the causes of accident and their preventive measures.
UNIT-IV
27. Explain about the principle of SMPS with suitable sketch.
28. Discuss about the causes of accident and their preventive measures.
UNIT-V
29. Explain about the preparation of oil Circuit Breaker.
30. Explain about the block diagram of PLC.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 125 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Subject Code & Name : MEM45 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM45 Applied
Thermodynamics
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
4 60
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Explain the construction and working of steam boilers, its mountings and accessories.
• Find the flash point, fire point and viscosity of any given oil using suitable tests.
• Find the timing of ports and valves for both S.I and C.I engines.
• Find the performance of I.C engines, interpret the results and draw the heat balance test
characteristics of an I.C engine.
• Determine the volumetric efficiency of an air compressor and find the thermal conductivity
of the given specimen using relevant tests.
• Test the refrigeration system to determine COP.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 126 of 222
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Part A:
1. Determine flash and fire point of the given oil by using open cup apparatus
2. Determine flash and fire point of the given oil by using closed cup apparatus.
3. Determine the absolute viscosity of the given lubricating oil by using Redwood viscometer.
4. Determine the absolute viscosity of the given lubricating oil by using Say bolt viscometer.
5. Draw a Port timing diagram of two stroke petrol engine.
6. Draw a Valve time diagram for four stroke petrol engine.
7. Draw a Valve time diagram for four stroke diesel engine.
Part B:
8. To conduct a load test on a petrol Engine.
9. To conduct a load test on a diesel Engine.
10. To conduct a Morse test on multi Cylinder petrol engine.
11. To conduct a Heat balance test on a Four Stroke Petrol (or) Diesel engine.
12. Volumetric efficiency of Air Compressor.
13. To conduct a Thermal Conductivity measurement using guarded plate apparatus.
14. To determine the COP of Refrigeration system.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Part-A
1 Observation / Tabulation 10
2 Reading / Calculation 10
3 Result / Graph 05
Part-B
4 Observation / Tabulation 15
5 Reading / Calculation 20
6 Result / Graph 10
7 Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 127 of 222
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
1. Open cup apparatus to determine Flash and fire points – 2 Nos
2. Close cup apparatus to determine Flash and fire points – 2 Nos
3. Redwood viscometer – 2 Nos
4. Saybolt viscometer – 2 Nos
5. 4 stroke cycle petrol / diesel engine Model – 4 Nos
6. 2 stroke cycle petrol / diesel engine Model – 2 Nos
7. Petrol / Diesel engine of any make with following arrangements – 3 Nos
Load test arrangement
Heat balance test arrangement
8. Multi cylinder petrol engine of any make with Morse test setup – 1 No.
9. Air compressor test rig. to determine volumetric efficiency – 1 No.
10. Refrigeration test rig. to find COP of the system – 1 No.
11. Thermal conductivity apparatus to find thermal conductivity of given
Specimen. – 1 No.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 128 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Subject Code & Name : MEM46 ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND CONTROL PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM46 Electrical
Drives and Control
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
4 60
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3 25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Construct & Verify Ohm’s Law and Half wave and Full wave rectifier, IC voltage regulator
using IC 7805.
• Identify starters for different motors & Testing of DC starters – 3 point and 4 point starter.
• Test the characteristics of DC shunt motor and transformer.
• Test the characteristics single phase induction motor, three phase squirrel cage motor.
• Identify and Testing of relays, contactors, push buttons and limit switch.
• Identify display devices - LED, 7 segments LED, LCD and Prepare earthing and trace out
MCB, ELCB connections.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 129 of 222
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
Part A:
1. Verification of Ohm’s Law
2. Testing of DC starters – 3 point and 4 point starter
3. Load test on DC shunt motor
4. Load test on transformer
5. Testing of AC starters- DOL , star - Delta starter
6. Load test on single phase induction motor
7. Load test on three phase squirrel cage motor
8. Testing of relays, contactors, push buttons and limit switch
9. Connection and Testing of MCB, ELCB
Part B:
10. Construction and testing of Half wave and Full wave rectifier.
11. Construction and testing of IC voltage regulator using IC 7805.
12. Verification of truth tables for logic gates.
13. Verification of universal gates.
14. Identification and testing of display devices- LED, 7 segment LED, Laser diode.
15. Testing of Stepper motor drive.
16. Testing of Servo motor drive.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Part-A
1 Circuit diagram 05
2 Connections & Readings 15
3 Calculations & Graph 15
Part-B
4 Circuit diagram 05
5 Connections & Readings 15
6 Execution 15
7 Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 130 of 222
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
Electrical Lab:
1. DC ammeter 0-5A - 1no
2. DC ammeter 0-25A - 1no
3. DC voltmeter 0-30V - 1no
4. DC voltmeter 0-300V - 1no
5. Rheostat 10.8 ,8.5A - 1no
6. AC ammeter 0-5A - 1no
7. AC ammeter 0-10A - 2nos.
8. AC voltmeter 0-50V - 3nos
9. AC wattmeter 5A-10A - 3nos
(0-750W,0-600V)
10. Loading rheostat 5A,230V - 2Nos.
11. Tachometer 0-1000rpm - 1no
(Analog type)
12. Variac 20A,250V - 3nos
(Auto transformer )
13. 3 point starter 20A,220V - 1no
14. DOL starter 16A,415V - 2Nos.
15. Star /Delta starter 20a,600V - 1no
16. Over load relay 1 to 2.5A - 1no
17. Air break contactors 20A,220V - 4nos
18. Push button 2A ,220V - 2nos
19. Limit switch 20A,220V - 1no
20. MCB 20A single pole - 1no
21. MCB 20A double pole - 1no
22. ELCB 2pole 20A,100mA - 1no
23. ELCB 4POLE 20A,100mA - 1no
24. 1φ 110V/220V, 1 KVA Transformer - 2Nos.
Electronics Lab
1. Transformer 230 / 9-0-9V, 1A - 6 nos.
2. Resistor 1 K/ ½ W - 20 nos.
3. Capacitor 1000 F/25V - 20 nos.
4. IC 7805 - 5 nos.
5. Logic Gates IC
7400, 7408, 7432, 7404, 7402, 7486 - 5 each
6. Stepper Motor Drive kit - 1no.
7. Servo Motor Drive Kit - 1no
8. Digital Multimeter - 2nos.
9. LED, 7Segment LED, Laser Diode - 5 each
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 131 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : IV
Subject Code & Name : MEM47 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY-II PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM47
Manufacturing
Technology-II
Practical
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
6 90
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Perform in shaping, grinding, milling and slotting machines.
• Machine a component using different machine tools.
• Calculate the indexing for a work
• Machine a gear using milling machine.
• Machine a cutting tool using Tool and Cutter grinder.
• Machine a plug gauge using Cylindrical grinding machine.
• Machine components by shaping machine
• Machine components by planning machine
• Machine components by slotting machine
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 132 of 222
EXERCISES:
1. Produce ‘V’ Block using shaping machine
2. Produce inverted V using shaping machine
3. Produce a Groove cut using slotting machine
4. Produce a round to square in milling machine by Simple Indexing.
5. Produce a Spur Gear using milling machine by Differential Indexing.
6. Produce a Helical Gear using milling machine
7. Produce a Hexagon using straddle milling method.
8. Produce Progressive type Plug gauge using Cylindrical Grinding machine
9. Produce a turning tool using Tool and Cutter Grinder
10. Produce a plain surface using surface Grinder
Exercises: Raw Material: M.S. / C.I
1. Make ‘V’ Block using shaping machine
2. Make dovetail using shaping machine
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 133 of 222
3. Make groove cut using slotting machine
4. Make round to square in milling machine
5. Make Spur Gear using milling machine by Differential Indexing.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 134 of 222
6. Make Helical Gear using milling machine
7. Make slot cut using milling machine.
8. Make Progressive type Plug gauge using Cylindrical Grinding machine
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 135 of 222
9. Make a turning tool using Tool and Cutter Grinder
10. Make plain surfaces (four surfaces) using surface Grinder
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
1 Job preparation / Marking 15
2 Setting / Operations 30
3 Dimensions / Finish 25
4 Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
1. Vertical milling machine / Vertical attachment - 2 Nos.
2. Universal Milling Machine - 2 Nos.
3. Surface Grinding Machine - 1 No.
4. Cylindrical Grinding Machine - 1 No.
5. Tool and Cutter Grinder - 1 No.
6. Shaping Machine - 2 Nos.
7. Slotting Machine - 1 No.
8. Tools and Measuring instruments - Sufficient quantity.
9. Consumables - Sufficient quantity
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 136 of 222
MEM 48 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING – I
The students are expected to gain a working experience in various departments of an
industry / organization and hence learning the industrial management in a practical way.
The students have to undergo a six months industrial training (PHASE I) during the IV
semester in a related industry / organization. During the training period the students are
maintaining an Industrial diary to record their observation and learning. On completion of training, a
training report should be submitted to the Head of the Department. Industrial training of Sandwich
students will be evaluated based on Continuous Assessment of two periodical reviews and an End
semester Examination on Assessment of Training Report and viva-voce.
OUTCOMES:
• Experience the production process in an industrial organization
• Appreciate the Organizational structural and functions of department in industries
• Practice on production machines and its operation/ Maintenance
• Follow safety practices in industries
• Develop social skills and inter personals skills such as planning ,listening
• Appreciate the ethics practiced in industries
• Improve communication skills
• Develop concepts of QC tool practiced in industry such as 5S, JIT, KAIZEN , TQM
SANDWICH DIPLOMA COURSE - INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
1. Introduction
The main objective of the Sandwich Diploma Course is to mould a well rounded technician
acclimated with industrial environment while being a student in the institution.
The Sandwich Diploma Course study is pursued by students, in 7 semesters of 3½ years duration,
the subjects of 3 years - Full Time Diploma Course being regrouped for academic convenience.
While in the 4th semester students undergo Industrial Training-I for 6 months (December through
May). They also do course work in the institution for one day in a week, while in the 7th semester
they undergo another spell of 6 months (June through November) Industrial training-II.
The Apprenticeship (Amendment) Act 1973 is followed in regulating the Industrial training
procedure for Sandwich Course.
I SEM II SEM III SEM IV SEM V SEM VI SEM VII SEM
First Spell - IV Semester (December - May)
Institutional study
Industrial Training
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 137 of 222
Second Spell - VII Semester (June - November)
2. Attendance Certification
Every month students have to get their attendance certified by industrial supervisor in the
prescribed form. Students have also to put their signature on the form and submit it to the
institutional staff in-charge. Attendance and submission of Review reports will be duly considered
while awarding the Continuous Assessment mark.
3. Training Reports
The students have to prepare two types of reports:
• Weekly report in the form of diary to be submitted to the concerned staff in-charge of the institution. This will be reviewed while awarding Continuous Assessment mark.
• Comprehensive report at the end of each phase of Industrial Training will be reviewed while awarding End semester Examination marks.
3.1 Industrial Training Diary
Students are required to maintain the record of day - to- day work done. Such record is called
Industrial training Diary. Students have to write this report regularly. All days of the week should be
accounted for clearly giving attendance particulars (Presence, Absence, Leave, Holiday etc). The
concerned Industrial supervisor is to check periodically these progress reports.
3.2 Comprehensive Training Report
In addition to the diary, students are required to submit a comprehensive report on training with
details of the organisation where the training was undergone after attestation by the supervisors.
The comprehensive report should be incorporating study of plant/ product /process/ construction
along with intensive in-depth study on any one of the topics such as processes, methods, tooling,
construction and equipment, highlighting aspects of quality, productivity and system. The
comprehensive report should be completed in the last week of Industrial training. Any data,
drawings etc should be incorporated with the consent of the Organisation.
4. Scheme of Evaluation
Components SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Continuous
Assessment Mark
1 First review 20
2 Second review 20
3 Attendance 10
End Examination 4 Comprehensive Training Report 20
5 Viva-Voce 30
TOTAL 100
* * *
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 138 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM51 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM51 Design of Machine Elements
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
6 90
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No. Topics Hours
I Design of Joints And Fasteners 17
II Design of shafts, couplings and keys 17
III Design of friction drives (flat belt and v-belt) 17
IV Design of bearings 16
V Design of levers and spur gears 16
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 90
OUTCOMES :
• Identify the material required for relevant applications. Understand the mode of
failure in the machine components such as tension, shear and bending,
compression.
• Understand the concept and design of temporary and permanent joint and design of
sleeve and cotter joint, knuckle joint and welded joint for basic application.
• Able to design shaft subjected to bending and tensional load, couplings, keys and
understand their engineering applications.
• Classify the various types of belts and design the flat and ‘V-belt for basic
applications.
• List the various types of bearings and design of journal bearing for simple
applications.
• Classify the different types of levers, gears and their applications, design of spur
gear, hand and foot lever and crank lever.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 139 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I ENGINEERING MATERIALS, JOINTS AND FASTENERS
Engineering Materials: General Considerations in Machine Design -
Engineering materials - Factors affecting selection of material – BIS
designation of Ferrous materials – Preferred number - Factor of safety and
allowable stress – Stresses: Tension, Compression, Shear, Bearing
pressure Intensity, Crushing, bending and torsion - problem.
Creep strain and Creep Curve- Fatigue, S-N curve, Endurance Limit - Stress
Concentration – Causes & Remedies.
Theories of Elastic Failures – Principal normal stress theory, Maximum
shear stress theory & maximum distortion energy theory.
Joints: Design of sleeve and cotter joint, knuckle joint and welded joint.
Fasteners: Design of bolted joints - eye bolts - cylinder cover with bolts,
studs - pins.
17
II DESIGN OF SHAFTS, COUPLINGS AND KEYS
Shafts: Design of shafts subjected to – twisting moment – bending moment
– combined twisting and bending moments – fluctuating loads – design of
shafts based on rigidity.
Keys: Types of keys - design of sunk keys only - Effect of keyways on shaft-
problems.
Couplings: Requirements of good couplings – types - design of - rigid
protected type flange couplings - marine couplings – pin type flexible
coupling (Description only).
17
III DESIGN OF FLAT BELTS AND V-BELTS
Flat Belts: Types of belts - materials for belt -– types of belt drives – Speed
ratio – effect of slip - length of flat belts –Tension Ratio T1/T2=eµθ-
centrifugal tension - power transmitted – condition for maximum power -
transmission – Initial Tension - problems - design procedure of flat belts -
design of flat belt based on manufacturer’s data only – problems.
V-Belts: V-belt drive - comparison with flat belt drive - designation of V-belts
– length of belt - power transmitted – Design of V-belt using manufacturer’s
data only – Problem - Rope and chain Drive (Description only).
17
IV DESIGN OF BEARINGS
Bearings: Classifications of bearings – sliding contact and rolling contact
bearings - radial and thrust bearings - roller bearing – types - Designation of
ball bearings - materials used for bearings - journal bearings - heat
generated - heat dissipated - cooling oil requirement – problems - design of
journal bearings –Problems.
Design based on approved data books only.
16
V DESIGN OF LEVERS AND SPUR GEARS
Levers: Types of levers – applications - mechanical advantage – leverage -
displacement ratio - design of-hand lever-foot lever-cranked lever -
problems.
Spur gears: Gear drives - merits and demerits over belt drive –
Classification of gears - gear materials - spur gear terminology - design of
spur gears based on Lewis & Buckingham equation - Problems – speed
reducer – types – (Approved data books only).
16
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 140 of 222
Text Books:
1) Machine Design, Pandya & Shah, Edn. 1995, Charotar Publishing House.
2) Machine Design, T. V. Sundararajamoorthy & N. Shanmugam, Revised Edition
June-2003–Anuradha Publications, Kumbakonam.
3) Design Data Book – by PSG College of Technology, DPV Printers, Coimbatore.
Reference Book:
1) A text book of Machine Design, R.S. Khurmi & J.K.Gupta, Edn. 18,Eurosia
Publishing House Pvt. Limited, New Delhi-110 055.
2) Machine Design Bandari,
3) Theory and Problems of Machine Design, Holowenko, Laughlin, Schaum’s outline
Series.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 141 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM 51 DESIGNS OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note:
1. Answer ALL the questions by either or choice
2. Each Question carries 15 marks.
3. Design data book approved by DOTE and Chairman, Autonomous Examinations are
permitted.
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages.
UNIT-I
1. a) How is HSS designated? (5)
b) Calculate the force required to punch a circular blank of 60mm diameter in a plate of
5mm thickness. The ultimate shear stress of the plate is 350 N/mm2. (5)
c) In a Steam Engine cylinder of 300mm diameter, the maximum pressure across the
piston is 0.065 N/mm2. Determine the diameter or piston rod, if the maximum tensile or
compressive stress on the piston rod is limited to 40 N/mm2. (5)
(Or)
2. a) Draw different types of welded joints. (5)
b) Design a knuckle joint to take a load of 150 KN for the following permissible stresses;
i) 75 MPa in tension
ii) 150 MPa in compression and
iii) 60 MPa in shear. (10)
UNIT-II
3. a) Draw a feather key and give its dimensions in terms of shaft diameter‘d’. (5)
b) A mild steel shaft transmits 24 KW at 118 rpm. It carries a central load of 900 N and
is simply supported between bearings 2.5m apart. If the allowable shear stress is 42
N/mm2, find the size of the shaft when shaft is subjected to gradually applied load.
(10)
(or)
4. a) Determine the inside diameter of hollow 50mm shaft to transmit 20 KW at 240 rpm. The
ultimate shear stress for the steel may be taken as 352 N/mm2 and factor of safety as 8.
(5)
b) Sketch the un-protected type flange coupling and indicate the various dimensions in
terms of shaft diameter. (10)
UNIT-III
5. a) Draw the open and crossed belt drive. (10)
b) Design a belt drive to transmit 22.5 KW at 740 rpm to an aluminium rolling machine.
The speed ration is 3. The distance between the pulley is 3m. Diameter of the rolling
machine pulley is 1.2m. (10)
(or)
6. a) Sketch the cross section of V-belts and label its important parts. (5)
b) A belt drive system transmits 100 KW at 475 rpm. The belt has a mass of 0.6 kg/m.
The angle of groove is 38o and angle of contact is 160o. Design the belt drive, if the co-
efficient of friction between belt and pulley is 0.2. (10)
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 142 of 222
UNIT-IV
7. a) Sketch the rolling contact bearing and indicate the parts. (5)
b) A journal bearing is proposed for a centrifugal pump. The diameter of journal is
75mm. Load is 115 KN. Speed is 1440 rpm. Design a suitable bearing. (10)
(Or)
8. a) Sketch the angular contact bearing and self-aligning bearing. (5)
b) A 150mm diameter of the shaft supporting a load of 10 KN has a speed of 1500 rpm.
The shaft runs in a bearing whose length is 1.5 times the diameter. If the diameteral
clearance is 0.15mm and absolute viscosity of oil at the operating temperature is 11
centipoises, find the power wasted in friction. (10)
UNIT-V
9. a) What is lever? State the principle on which lever works. (5)
b) A hand lever is 1 m from the centre of the shaft to the point of application of 200N.
Calculate:
i) diameter of the shaft, if the allowable shear stress is 25 N/mm2,
ii) What is the twist of the shaft ‘1’ m length? And
iii) Diameter of section of the lever near the boss, if the permissible stress is limited to
75 N/mm2. Take C=84 N/mm2. (10)
(Or)
10. a) How the gears are classified? (5)
b) A spur gear pinion running at 600 rpm drives a spur gear at transmission ratio 4:1.
The allowable static stress for pinion and gear are 84 MPa and 110 MPa respectively.
The pinion has 16 teeth, 20o full depth involutes teeth module 8mm. The face width of
both the gear is 90mm. Find the power that can be transmitted from the point of
strength. (10)
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 143 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM52 THERMAL ENGINEERING
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM52
Thermal
Engineering
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
6 90
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit Topics Hours
I Formation & properties of steam and steam calorimeters 17
II Steam boilers and performance of boilers 17
III Thermal power plant and Steam Turbines & Condensers 17
IV Refrigeration and air conditioning 16
V Conventional sources of energy and Nuclear power plant 16
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 90
OUTCOMES:
• Able to solve simple problems on expansion of steam using properties of steam.
• Explain the construction and working of various types of boilers, accessories and
solve simple problems on performance of boilers.
• Understand and explain the working of thermal power plants with various circuits
involved.
• Explain the working and applications of various Refrigeration systems and solve
simple problems on performance of refrigeration system.
• Understand and explain the principles of various psychrometry processes and their
application in air-conditioning.
• Understand and explain the working of nuclear power plants its advantages over
conventional power plants.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 144 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I FORMATION & PROPERTIES OF STEAM AND STEAM
CALORIMETERS
Formation & Properties Of Steam: Steam - Properties – formation of
steam– saturation temperature – enthalpy of water – enthalpy of
evaporation – conditions of steam – wet, dry and superheated steam -
dryness fraction – enthalpy of wet, dry and superheated steam -
advantages of superheated steam – Property diagrams – p-v diagram - T-
H diagram – T-V diagram – T-S diagram - phase diagram - H-S diagram –
P-H diagram – critical conditions of water – specific volume of water and
steam – density of steam – external work done during evaporation –
internal latent heat – internal energy of steam – entropy of water and
steam – steam tables - Mollier chart – Simple problems.
Expansion process of Steam: Constant Volume process – Constant
Pressure Process – Constant Temperature process – Hyperbolic Process
– Isentropic process – Polytrophic process – Throttling process. – Simple
problems.
Steam Calorimeter: Determination of dryness fraction of steam – bucket
calorimeter - combined separating and throttling calorimeters-Simple
problems. .
17
II STEAM BOILERS AND PERFORMANCE OF BOILERS
Steam Boilers: introduction-Classification of boilers – comparison of fire
tube and water tube boilers– high pressure boilers – advantages of high
pressure boilers - Lamont and BHEL high pressure boilers – boiler
mountings and function-construction and working – boiler accessories and
function-construction and working – comparison of mountings and
accessories – feed water treatment – internal and external treatments -
starting boiler from cold condition – safety precautions in boiler operation
– causes of Indian boiler act.
Performance of boilers:-Evaporation rate- actual, equivalent and factor
of evaporation – boiler efficiency – factors influencing boiler efficiency -
boiler power – Simple problems – boiler plant - efficiency of economizer
and super heater – Simple problems - boiler trial – heat losses in a boiler-
heat balance sheet – Simple problems
17
III THERMAL POWER PLANT, STEAM TURBINES AND
CONDENSERS
Thermal Power Plant: Selection of site for thermal power plant -Layout of
thermal power plant – fuel and ash circuit – water and steam circuit – air
and flue gas circuit – cooling water circuit – merits and demerits of
thermal power plant –– air pollution by thermal power plants – pollutants,
effects and control – cyclone separator – wet scrubber – electrostatic
precipitator – control of No2 and SO2.fiudised bed combustion- thermal
and noise pollution.
Steam Turbines: Basic steam power cycles – Carnot, Rankine and
modified Rankine cycles – classification of steam turbine-Impulse and
reaction turbines-Difference – necessity of compounding – Methods of
compounding – special turbines.
Steam condensers: Steam condensers – elements of condensing plant –
classification of condensers – jet condenser -types – surface condensers -
types – Comparison of jet and surface condensers – sources of air in
17
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 145 of 222
condenser – condenser vacuum – vacuum efficiency – condenser
efficiency-Dalton’s Law – mass of cooling water required – mass of air
present – number of tubes – problems on condensers - Cooling Towers.
IV REFRIGERATION, PSYCHROMETRY AND AIR CONDITIOINING
Refrigeration: Definition – Refrigerators and Heat pumps - COP – Actual
COP - Refrigeration effect – Unit of refrigeration – Power Required -
Vapour Compression system – Absorption system – Refrigerant –
properties – Common Refrigerants – Refrigeration cycles (Description
only)
Psychrometry: Introduction – psychometric properties – dry air – wet air
– moist air – water vapour- saturated air- dry bulb temperature – wet bulb
temperature – wet bulb depression – humidity- relative humidity –
psychometric chart – psychometric process – sensible heating process –
sensible cooling process – humidification – dehumidification
Air-Conditioning: Definition – Application of Air-conditioning - Comfort
Air conditioning – Industrial Air conditioning- Room Air conditioner -
Centralised air conditioning – Split Air conditioning – Factors to be
considered for air conditioning - Modern trend in Air conditioning
16
V CONVENTIONAL SOURCES OF ENERGY AND NUCLEAR
POWER PLANT
Conventional sources of energy: Conventional sources of energy –
Diesel power plant –merits and demerits - Hydro power plant – merits
and demerits - Introduction to nuclear power plant – Atomic number, mass
number and isotopes – nuclear binding energy – nuclear fuels –
Requirements of nuclear fuels – fissile fuels – fertile fuels – nuclear fission
and fusion – chain reaction – radio activity
Nuclear Power Plant: lay out of a nuclear power plant – merits and
demerits of nuclear power plant – nuclear reactor – core - moderator –
control system ( control rods ) – cooling system ( coolant) – reflectors –
biological shields – reactor vessel – types of reactors – common reactors
– pressurised water reactor – boiling water reactor – heavy water cooled
and moderated type reactor ( CANDU) – fast feeder reactor – effects of
nuclear radiation – disposal of nuclear wastes – comparison of nuclear
power plants with thermal plants – nuclear power cycles – factors to be
considered for selection of site – safety measures – floating nuclear
power plant – uranium enrichment – nuclear power plants in India
16
Text Books :
1) Thermal Engg, R.K . Rajput , ,8th Edition, Laxmi publications Pvt Ltd , New Delhi.
2) Applied Thermodynamics ,P.K. Nag, ,2nd Edition, TATA Mcgraw - Hill Publishing
Co, New Delhi .
3) Thermal Engineering, R.S. Khurmi and J.K. Gupta, 18th Edition,S.Chand &
Co,NewDelhi Automobile engineering vol- 1, vol – 2, Kirpal singh, Standard
publishers distributors New Delhi.
Reference Books:
1) Thermal Engineering ,P.L Ballaney , 24th Edition ,Khanna Publishers,New Delhi.
Thermal Engineering ,B.K. Sarkar , 3rd Edition , Dhanpat Rai & Sons New Delhi .
2) Applied Thermodynamics, Domkundwar and C.PKothandaraman, 2nd Edition,
Khanna publishers, New Delhi.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 146 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM52 THERMAL ENGINEERING
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note:
1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. Define degree of super heat.
2. Define dryness fraction of steam.
3. What is meant by fire tube boiler?
4. Define boiler power.
5. Name the four important circuits of steam plant?
6. Define condenser efficiency.
7. Define ton of refrigeration.
8. Mention any two important psychometric processes.
9. Mention any two conventional sources of energy.
10. What is meant by nuclear fission?
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. Explain the phase diagram of water and explain
12. Determine the condition of steam when it has a temperature of 215° c at a pressure of
15bar
UNIT-II
13. What is meant by mountings? Name any three mountings.
14. Define the following terms 1.Actual evaporation 2.Equivalent Evaporation 3.Factor of
Evaporation.
UNIT-III
15. Draw the cooling water circuit in a steam powder plant with a line sketch.
16. What is the necessity of compounding and state the types of compounding adopted in the
turbine?.
UNIT-IV
17. Distinguish between a refrigerator and a heat pump.
18. Explain sensible heating process.
UNIT-V
19. Explain with a neat sketch the working of hydel power plant..
20. Describe briefly the method of disposal nuclear wastes.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 147 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
23. Determine the following for dry saturated steam at a pressure of 25.5bar a) External work
of Evaporation (b) Enthalpy (c) Internal energy (d) Internal latent heat.
24. Explain the method of finding dryness fraction of steam using a separating and throttling
calorimeter
UNIT-II
25. List and explain the important clauses of Indian boiler act
26. The following data were obtained in a boiler trail: Feed water supplied per hour 690 kg at
28°C steam produced 0.97 dry bar ,coal fired per hour 91kg of calorific value 27,200kj/kg
,ash and unburnt coal collected, beneath fire bars 7.5kj/kg of calorific value 2700kj/kg mass
of flue gases /kg coal is burnt 17.4kg temperature of flue gases 325°C.Room temperature
17°C, specific heat of flue gases 1.0005kj/kgk .Estimate boiler efficiency and draw up a
heat balance sheet k
UNIT-III
27. (a) Explain Air and flue gas circuit of thermal power plant with a line diagram (B) Explain
the working of back pressure turbine
28. A surface condenser having an absolute pressure of 0.10bar is supplied with cooling water
at the rate of 40kj/kg of steam condensed .the rise in temperature of cooling water is14°c
.find the dryness fraction of steam entering the condenser .The condensate leaves at 44°c.
Calculate also amount of heat to be removed from 1kg of steam.
UNIT-IV
31. Find the least KW required by a perfect reversed heat engine that will make 450kg of ice
per hour at -3°C from water at 20.5°C. Take latent heat of ice as 340kj/kg and specific heat
as 2kj/kg
32. What is meant by humidification? Explain with sketch the working of humidifier.
UNIT-V
29 .Describe the working of a pressurized water reactor with a neat sketch
30 .Explain the working of diesel engine power plant with a neat layout.
*******
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 148 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM53 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM53 Automobile Engineering
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
5 75
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit Topics Hours
I Automobile Engines 14
II Fuel and fuel feed systems 14
III Transmission and Power Trains 14
IV Automobile Chassis 13
V Automobile electrical equipment & Pollution Control 13
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Identify and explain the basic engine components with its working principles,
various types of cooling system and Lubrication system.
• Explain the functions of fuel feed system and its related components to both petrol&
Diesel Engine and the possibility of usage of alternate fuels.
• Demonstrate the Transmission of power and the usage of various components in it.
• Compare Dependent and Independent suspension system for both front axle, rear
axle and explain various brake system, construction of wheels and tyres.
• Explain the construction and working of various types of battery and Demonstrate
driving system, ignition system and lighting system.
• Understand the effect of various pollutants, the basic pollution norms; suggest
recent emission control system to solve Emission problems.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 149 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I AUTOMOBILE ENGINES
Basic Engine Components: Functions , types , materials and
construction of –Cylinder block – Crankcase – oil pan - Cylinder head –
Gaskets – cylinder liners –Comparison of liners – Piston – Expansion
control in pistons – piston rings – types of compression rings and oil
control rings – piston pin – Connecting rod – methods of connecting
piston and Connecting rod – Crankshaft – flywheel – Cam shaft –methods
of cam shaft drive arrangements – Valve and Valve mechanism – L-I-F-T.
Cooling systems: purpose – types – air and water cooling systems –
merits and demerits – thermo siphon system - pump assisted water
cooling systems –components – water pump, fan - thermostat – types -
radiator – types – pressure cap – vapour recovery cooling system – merits
- vented and pressurized expansion tank – temperature sensors - troubles
in cooling system – loss of coolant , overheating and over cooling –
causes.
Lubrication systems: purpose – properties of lubricants - types of
lubricants –additives – Service rating of oil – types of lubricating systems
– Petroil and high pressure lubrication system - Full pressure system –
techniques of cylinder and piston lubrication – oil pumps - oil filters – full
flow and bypass filter systems -Troubles in lubrication system – oil
leakage , low oil pressure, high oil pressure and excessive oil
consumption – causes.
14
II FUEL AND FUEL FEED SYSTEMS
Requirements of an ideal petrol – Octane number – detonation - Pre-
ignition –properties of a good diesel fuel – Diesel engine – Stages of
Combustion – Delay period – Variables affecting delay period – Methods
of generating air swirl in diesel engine combustion chambers – Types of
combustion chambers – merits and demerits- Cetane number – Diesel
knock – methods of controlling diesel knock –comparison of detonation
and diesel knock - fuel additives – Alternate fuels for petrol and diesel
engines
Layout of fuel feed system of petrol engine – types of fuel feed
systems – A.C.Mechanical fuel pump – S.U. Electrical fuel pump – fuel
filter – Air cleaners - types – Carburetion – Classification of Carburetors –
Simple carburetor – defects - Carburetor circuits – Solex Carburetor -
Construction and operation – petrol injection – merits and demerits –
DTSI – VTI – CCVTI – PGMFI – MPFI system.
Layout of diesel fuel feed system – single acting fuel feed pump – fuel
injection pumps – Construction and working of distributor type pump –
CRDI system – fuel injectors – types – Single & Multi hole – pintle and
pintaux - governors –Mechanical and Pneumatic governors - fuel filters –
primary and secondary filters
14
III TRANSMISSION AND POWER TRAINS
Transmission: General arrangement of power transmission system –
Arrangement of front engine rear drive – rear engine rear drive – front
engine front drive - four wheel drive –applications – clutch – function –
Components – Types - Single plate , multi plate and diaphragm spring
clutch – fluid coupling – Clutch troubles and their causes –Automatic
Transmission.
14
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 150 of 222
Gear box: purpose – various resistance to motion – types of gear boxes –
sliding mesh, constant mesh and synchromesh – floor shift gear changer
– gear box troubles and their causes.
Drive line: propeller shaft – Universal joint – Cross type only – slip joint –
final drive – function – types of gear arrangement – straight & spiral Bevel
, Hypoid , Worm and Worm Wheel – merits , demerits and application –
Hotch kiss drive –Torque tube drive – radius rod.
Differential: purpose – Construction and operation – Self locking and non
slip differential – Differential troubles and their Causes – forces in the rear
axles – Semi floating , three quarter floating and full floating rear axles –
Axle housing – types.
IV AUTOMOBILE CHASSIS
Front axle: Types – Stub axle – Types – Steering system – Ackermann
Principle of Steering – Wheel alignment – Factors – Camber , Caster ,
King pin inclination , Toe in and Toe out on turns - Steering linkages –
Steering gears – Cam and double roller , recirculating ball type , Rack and
Pinion – Steering troubles and causes – power steering – Necessity –
types – Layout of any one type – Collapsible Steering system.
Suspension system: Functions – Type of springs – Leaf , coil and
Torsion bar –Front suspension systems – independent front suspension –
merits and demerits –types – rear end suspension – Air suspension -
shock absorber – purpose –telescopic type – construction and working.
Brake system: functions – classification of brakes – drum brakes –
leading shoe and trailing shoe – Self energizing action – hydraulic brake –
brake bleeding – Air assisted hydraulic brakes – Air brake – layout ,
functions of each component and application only – disc brakes –
construction and working – comparison of disc and drum type – brake
troubles and their causes – anti lock brake system.
Wheels: types of wheels – brief description and applications – tyres –
function –construction of tyres – cross and radial ply tyres – comparison –
properties of tyres – tubeless tyre - tyre wear and tyre service.
13
V AUTOMOBILE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT & POLLUTION
CONTROL
Battery – lead acid battery – Nickel alkaline battery – construction –
battery rating – charging - testing – starting circuit - construction and
operation of starter motor – starting motor drives – over running clutch
and Bendix drive – construction and operation – solenoid switch -
Charging circuit – alternator construction and operation – regulators –
Dynamo.
Ignition system – Types – battery coil ignition system –High tension
magneto – electronic ignition – Ignition system troubles and remedies.
Lighting system – circuit – Head light – Aiming and adjustment – sealed
beam head lights – directional signal circuits – fluorescent lamp - Horn
circuits – Wind screen wiper.
Pollution – Pollutants – source of pollutants – pollution control techniques
for petrol and diesel engines emissions – controlling crank case emission
( PCV ) – controlling evaporative emission ( VRS , VSS , VVR , ECS and
EEC ) – Treatment of exhaust gas ( Catalytic converter , EGR ) –
introduction to automobile electronics – radio interference – suppressors –
audio, video systems.
13
Text Books :
1. Thermal Engg, R.K . Rajput , ,8th Edition, Laxmi publications Pvt Ltd , New Delhi.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 151 of 222
2. Applied Thermodynamics ,P.K. Nag, ,2nd Edition, TATA Mcgraw - Hill Publishing
Co, New Delhi .
3. Thermal Engineering, R.S. Khurmi and J.K. Gupta, 18th Edition,S.Chand &
Co,NewDelhi Automobile engineering vol- 1, vol – 2, Kirpal singh, Standard
publishers distributors New Delhi.
4. Automobile Engineering, G.B.S.Narang, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.
5. Automotive Mechanics, William H.crouse and Donald .L. Anglin, Tata Mc Graw –
Hill Publishing Company Ltd, New Delhi.
6. The Automobile, Harbans Singh Reyat, S.Chand & Co Ltd, New Delhi
Reference Books:
1. Thermal Engineering ,P.L Ballaney , 24th Edition ,Khanna Publishers,New Delhi.
Thermal Engineering ,B.K. Sarkar , 3rd Edition , Dhanpat Rai & Sons New Delhi .
2. Applied Thermodynamics, Domkundwar and C.PKothandaraman, 2nd Edition,
Khanna publishers, New Delhi.
3. Vehicle and Engine technology. Vol. I,Heinz Heisler, , ELBS
4. Automotive Mechanics,Joseph Heitner, East –west Press (P) Ltd, New Delhi
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 152 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM 53 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note:
1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. Why are rings provided on piston?
2. What is the need of clearance on valve?
3. What is detonation?
4. What is cetane number?
5. Why are multiplate clutches used in motor cycles?
6. What is the function of universal joint?
7. What is power steering?
8. What is meant by bleeding of brakes?
9. State the purpose of horn relay.
10. What is EGR?
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. Compare dry liner and wet liner.
12. Write the purpose of lubrication.
UNIT-II
13. What are the functions of Carburettor?
14. What are the functions of Governor?
UNIT-III
15. What are the advantages of fluid coupling?
16. Write the purpose of Gear box.
UNIT-IV
17. State the function of steering gear box.
18. List out any three merits of radial ply tyres over cross ply.
UNIT-V
19. Write the advantages of Electronic Ignition System.
20. What is meant by positive crank case ventilation?
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 153 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Explain the construction and working of ‘L’ head (or) side valve mechanism with a neat
sketch.
22. Explain pressure lubrication system with a neat sketch.
UNIT-II
23. Explain the construction and working of AC mechanical fuel pump with a neat sketch.
24. Explain distributor type fuel injection pump with a neat sketch.
UNIT-III
25. Explain the construction and operation of constant mesh gear box with neat sketches.
26. Explain the construction and working of a conventional type differential.
UNIT-IV
27. What are the various types of steering gear box? Explain recirculating ball type gear box
with neat sketch.
28. Explain the construction and working of Tandem Master Cylinder in the hydraulic brake
system.
UNIT-V
29. Explain the construction and working of Bendix drive starting motor with a neat sketch.
30. Explain EGR system with neat sketch.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 154 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM54 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGMENT
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM54 Total
Quality
Management
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
5 75
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit Topics Hours
I Basic Concepts of Total Quality Management 14
II Continuous process improvement – Q-7 Tools 14
III Statistical Fundamentals 14
IV Control charts 13
V Management Planning tools & Bench marking 13
REVISION AND TEST 7
Total 75
OUTCOMES:
• Explain the concept of TQM.
• Appreciate the use of principles of TQM to meet customer satisfaction.
• Solve problems using the Quality control tools.
• Apply Brainstorming and Quality Circle to solve problems.
• Use PDCA cycle for continuous improvement.
• Appreciate the benefits of implementing 5S concepts.
• Determine the process capability of a manufacturing process.
• Practice on using Management Planning tools.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 155 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I BASIC CONCEPTS OF TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
Quality-Definitions - Dimensions of quality - Brainstorming and its
objectives - Introduction to TQM – Characteristics – Basic concepts –
Elements – Pillars – Principles - Obstacles to TQM implementation –
Potential benefits of TQM – Quality council – Duties – Responsibilities –
Quality statements – Vision – Mission – Quality policy statements –
Strategic planning – Seven steps to strategic planning – Deming
philosophy- Customer delight - ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management
System requirements and implementation.
14
II CONTINUOUS PROCESS IMPROVEMENT – Q7 TOOLS
Input / Output process model – Juran Trilogy – PDCA (Deming Wheel)
cycle – 5S Concepts – SEIRI, SEITON, SEISO, SEIKETSU and
SHITSUKE – needs and objectives – effective implementation of 5S
concepts in an organisation - Housekeeping – Kaizen.
Seven tools of quality control (Q-7 tools) – Check sheet – Types of check
sheet – Histogram – Cause and effect diagram - Pareto diagram –
Stratification Analysis – Scatter diagram-Graph/run charts – Control
charts - Construction of above diagrams.
Quality circle - concept of quality circle - Organisation of Quality circle and
objectives of Quality circle.
14
III STATISTICAL FUNDAMENTALS
Types of Data – Collection of Data – Classification of Data – Tabular
presentation of Data – Graphical representation of a frequency
distribution – Comparison of Frequency distribution – Mean – Median –
Mode – Comparison of measures of central tendency – Introduction to
measures of dispersion – Sample – sampling - Normal curve – Sigma –
Concept of six sigma – Principles – Process- Problems.
14
IV CONTROL CHARTS
Control chart – Types of control charts – Control chart for variables –
Construction of X and R charts – control limits Vs specification limits –
Process capability – Method of doing process capability Analysis –
Measures of process capability – Problems.
Attributes – Control charts – P chart – np chart – c chart – u chart –
Construction of above diagrams – Problems - Comparison between
variable chart and Attribute chart.
13
V MANAGEMENT PLANNING TOOLS & BENCH MARKING
Affinity diagram – Radar Diagram - Inter Relationship diagram (Inter
Relationship diagram) – Tree diagram - Prioritization matrix – Matrix
diagram – Decision tree – Arrow diagram – Matrix data analysis diagram -
Construction of above diagrams.
Bench marking – Objectives of bench marking – Types – Bench marking
process - Benefits of Bench marking – Pit falls of Bench marking-Just In
Time(JIT) concepts and its objectives - Total Productive
Maintenance(TPM) - Introduction, Objectives of TPM - steps in
implementing TPM.
13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 156 of 222
Text Book:
1) Total Quality Management, Date H.Besterfiled, Pearson Education Asia.
2) Total Quality Management, V.Jayakumar, Lakshmi Publications. (reprint 2005)
3) Training manual on ISO 9001 : 2000 & TQM, Girdhar J.Gyani, Raj Publishing
House, Second Edition 2001
4) Quality Management, Howard Cuitlow, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 1998
Reference Book:
1) Total Quality Management, Oakiand.J.S. Butterworth Heinemann Ltd. Oxford 1989.
2) Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks- Narayana.V and Sreenivasan.N.S.,
New Age International 1996.
3) Total Quality Management for engineers, Zeiri. Wood Head Publishers. 1991.
4) Quality Planning and Analysis, Juran J.M and Frank M.Gryna Jr., TMH. India. 1982
5) ISO 9001, Brain Rethry, Productivity and Quality Publishing Pvt. Ltd. 1993.
6) Quality Auditing D.Mills, Chapman and Hall, 1993.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 157 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM54 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note: 1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. Define: Quality.
2. Name any two characteristics of TQM.
3. What are four phases of Deming wheel or PDCA cycle?
4. What are the types of check sheets commonly used?
5. List the types of data.
6. What is six sigma?
7. What is an attribute?
8. Contrast P-chart and C-chart.
9. When do you use tree diagram?
10. List the objectives of TPM.
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. What is dimensions of quality?
12. What is QMS?
UNIT-II
13. Explain PDCA cycle.
14. Briefly explain scatter diagram.
UNIT-III
15. Define Mean, Median and Mode.
16. What is normal curve?
UNIT-IV
17. What is P-chart?
18. What is control limit?
UNIT-V
19. What is arrow diagram?
20. State the objectives of JIT.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 158 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Write short notes on brainstorming.
22. Explain the seven steps of strategic planning with a block diagram.
UNIT-II
23. What is 5S? Explain the concepts and objective of 5S.
24. Explain (i) Cause and effect diagram (ii) Pareto diagram and (iii) Histogram.
UNIT-III
25. What is data? Explain the types and classification of data.
26. What is six sigma? Explain the concepts of six sigma.
UNIT-IV
27. What is process capability? Explain the methods of doing process capability.
28. Compare variable and attribute chart.
UNIT-V
29. Explain (i) Arrow diagram (ii) Tree diagram (iii) Matrix diagram.
30. Explain the concepts, principles and objectives of benchmarking.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 159 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM54 PRESS TOOLS
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM54 Press
Tools
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
5 75
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit Topics Hours
I Press working fundamentals, operations, and machinery 14
II Press & press tool accessories and cutting dies 14
III Bending and forming dies 14
IV Drawing dies and dies for secondary operations 13
V Fine blanking tool and specialized press tool applications 13
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Explain the fundamentals of press working operations
• Compare the different types of presses
• Describe the various non-cutting press operations
• Explain the construction and operations of bending, forming and drawing dies
• Compare blanking dies and fine blanking dies
• Explain the concepts of SMED and quick die changer
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 160 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I PRESS WORKING FUNDAMENTALS, OPERATIONS, AND
MACHINERY :
Press Working Fundamentals: Shearing Theory-Critical stages of
shearing, Features of a punched hole, features of the slug, burr. Clearance -
Effects of Optimum, Excessive and Insufficient clearances, Clearance for
blanking and Piercing, Land and Angular Clearance. Cutting Force –
Methods to reduce cutting force, stripping force.
Press working operations: Blanking, Piercing, Cutting off, Parting off,
perforating, embossing, coining, bending, forming, drawing, curling, bulging,
extrusion, swaging, trimming, and shaving. Safety in press working.
Presses - Common types of Presses, Main parts of a typical power press,
OBI Press, Specification of presses, Comparison of Mechanical, hydraulic
and Pneumatic presses. Single action, double action and triple action
presses.
Press operating parameters – Tonnage, shut height, stroke, shut height
adjustment, strokes per minute, die space. Special purpose presses – Press
brake, transfer press, multi slide machine.
14
II PRESS & PRESS TOOL ACCESSORIES AND CUTTING DIES
Press & Press Tool Accessories: Press Feeding Mechanisms - Uncoilers,
Straighteners and recoilers, Hand feed, hitch/grip feed, Roll feed, Hopper
feeds, dial feeds, chutes, slides, magazine feeds.
Ejection mechanism – Ejection by Gravity, air ejection, mechanical ejection,
semi automatic and automatic ejection, Mechanical hands, ejection by next
part.
Parts and functions of a press tool - Punches, Dies, Stoppers, Trigger stops,
Strippers – Fixed and Travelling, Gauges, Pilots-Methods of piloting, shanks
-Strip layout, Economy factor.
Cutting Dies: Construction and working of Blanking tool, Piercing tool,
Progressive tool, Compound tool. Commercially available die components –
Die sets, die set attachment devices, punches, die buttons, retainers,
springs, fluid springs, die cushion and its types.
14
III BENDING AND FORMING DIES:
Bending Dies: Bending of sheet metal – Bending theory, neutral axis, metal
movement, spring back, methods of overcoming spring back. Bending
Operations – Bending, flanging, hemming, curling, seaming, and
corrugating. Types of Bending dies (construction and working principle) – V
bending and its types, edge bending, U bending. Bending operations done
using press brake.
Forming dies: Construction and working principle of solid form dies, pad
form dies, curling dies, embossing dies, coining dies, swaging dies, bulging
dies, crimping, tube forming. Assembly dies - Riveting, tab stake, upset
stake, crimping.
14
IV DRAWING DIES AND DIES FOR SECONDARY OPERATIONS
Drawing Dies: Drawing operations – Shallow drawing, deep drawing.
Analysis of cup drawing - Stages of drawing. Variables of drawing - Bending
and straightening variables, friction variables, compression variables, stretch
forming variables, analysis of draw speed. Draw dies & its construction and
working principle – Conventional draw die, inverted draw die, redrawing and
reverse drawing dies, drawing of square or rectangular shapes. Blank
13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 161 of 222
holders, blank holding pressure and its importance, air vents, drawing
inserts, draw beads. Drawing with flexible tooling – Marform process, Hydro
form process. Drawing defects, causes and remedies.
Dies For Secondary Operations: Construction and working principle of
Semi piercing dies, shear form dies, dies for formed contours, notching die,
shaving die, side piercing die.
V FINE BLANKING TOOL AND SPECIALISED PRESS TOOL
APPLICATIONS
Fine Blanking Tool: Fine blanking - Definition and Applications of fine
blanking, Working principle of fine blanking tool, V Ring, function of V ring.
Comparison of fine blanking with blanking. Clearance and press force
calculations. Fine Blanking Machines - Working principle, Ram movement,
Mechanical drives, hydraulic drives, Machine force, Ring indenter force,
counter force. Fine blanking tools - Compound die tooling system with
sliding punch, compound die tooling with fixed punch.
Specialized Press Tool Applications: Construction, advantage and
applications of advanced multistage tooling, unit tooling, angular piercing
tools, CNC turret press. Principle of Quick Die Change (QDC) – need and
advantages. Single Minute Exchange of Dies (SMED) – concept need and
advantages. Factors Affecting Tool Service Life - Introduction, Elements of
Tool performance, Procedure for investigation of tool failure, Trouble
shooting in press tools, effect of heat treatment on service life of tools.
13
Text Books:
1) Donald F. Eary. & Edward A. Reed, “Techniques of Press working sheet metal”,
Prentice-Hall,Inc.,
2) Donaldson, “Tool Design”, Tata McGraw-hill Book Company.
3) Eugene ostergaard.D, “Advanced die making”, McGraw-Hill Book Company.
Reference Books:
1) Dr.John G.Nee, “Fundamentals of Tool Design”, Society of Manufacturing
Engineers.
2) ASTME, "Tool Engineers Hand Book", McGraw-hill Book Company. .
3) Paquin.J.R, “Die design fundamentals”, Industrial Press Inc,.
4) Eugene ostergaard.D, “Basic die making”, McGraw-hill Book company,.
5) Ivana Suchy, “Hand book of Die Design”, McGraw-Hill Book company. 6) American Society of Metals – Hand book – Volume 4 ( Forming)
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 162 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM54 PRESS TOOLS
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note: 1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. What is the function of a stripper?
2. What are the advantages of Hydraulic press drives?
3. What are the advantages of compound die?
4. What is the bolster plate of a press?
5. Define curling.
6. How does forming differ from bending?
7. What is a notching die?
8. What is the primary use of an air cushion on die in drawing operation?
9. What is SMED?
10. What is the result of Excessive die clearance?
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. What is Shear angle? Why it is given in punch and Die?
12. Briefly explain electromagnetic press.
UNIT-II
13. Briefly explain any one type of roll feeds.
14. Briefly explain Shuttle Die.
UNIT-III
15. Discuss on the defects in tube bending.
16. Write short notes on “Swaging Die”.
UNIT-IV
17. What are the variables in drawing? Briefly explain any one type of variable in drawing.
18. Write short notes on “Verson – Wheelon process”.
UNIT-V
19. Explain working principle of ram movement in fine blanking.
20. State the needs and advantages of QDC.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 163 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Write short notes on the following: (i) Trimming and (ii) Slitting.
22. Sketch and explain OBI Press.
UNIT-II
23. With a neat sketch, explain any two ejection mechanism.
24. Explain the nomenclature of Die components.
UNIT-III
25. Sketch and explain ‘V’ Bending and ‘U’ Bending.
26. Write short notes on the following (i) slugging (ii) spank and (iii) Cold Trimming.
UNIT-IV
27. Discuss on the defects in drawing and state their remedies.
28. Write short notes on the following (i) Marform process (ii) Hydro-dynamic process.
UNIT-V
29. Explain CNC Turret Press with a sketch.
30. Write different type of fine blanking tool and explain it.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 164 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM54 PROCESS PLANNING AND COST ESTIMATION
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM54 Process Planning and Cost Estimation
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
5 75
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit Topics Hours
I Process planning 14
II Process selection 14
III Work study 14
IV Cost estimation 13
V Machining time calculations 13
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Explain process planning procedure
• Describe the factors considered for process selection.
• Classify the recording techniques used in method study.
• Estimate the production cost of components
• Differentiate cost accounting and cost estimation
• Estimate the machining time for a component
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 165 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I Process Planning
Introduction - concept – Information required to do process planning -
factors affecting process planning - process planning procedure - Make
(or) Buy decision using Break Even Analysis - simple problems. Manual
process planning - Introduction of Automated process planning and
generator process planning - Advantage of computer aided process
planning – Principle of line balancing - need for line balancing – Value
Engineering – Definition - cost control Vs cost reduction - value analysis
when to do - steps information needed - selection of product.
14
II Process Selection
Process selection - technological choice - specific component choice -
Process flow choice – Factors affecting process selection - machine
capacity – analysis of machine capacity - process and equipment
selection procedure - Determination of man, machine and material
requirements - simple problems - selection of material – jigs - fixtures
etc. - Factors influencing choice of machinery - selection of machinery -
simple problems - preparation of operation planning sheet for simple
components.
14
III Work Study
Objectives of work study - Concept of work content – Techniques to
reduce work content - method study – Procedure – Recording
techniques used in method study - Micro motion study - Principles of
motion economy - Therbligs - Simo chart - cycle graph - Chrono cycle
graph - work measurement - Basic Procedures for the conduct of time
study - calculation of standard time - simple problems – Ergonomics –
definition – objectives – applications - working environment - work place
layout - other areas.
14
IV Cost Estimation
Introduction - Definition - Purpose of cost estimation - cost estimation
Vs Cost accounting - components of cost – direct cost - indirect cost -
overhead expenses - estimation of cost elements - set up time and
economic lot size - tool change time - Inspection time - performance
factor – overheads - different methods of apportioning overheads – Data
required for cost estimating - Steps in making a cost estimate –
problems - estimation of production cost of simple components such as
coupling, shaft, crank etc. – problems.
13
V Machining Time Calculations
Elements of metal machining - cutting speed - feed - depth of cut -
procedure for assigning cutting variables - calculation of machining time
for different lathe operations like - turning - facing - chamfering - parting -
knurling and forming - Calculation of machining time for operations on
drilling machine - machining time for shaping, planing, slotting, broaching
and sawing operations - Machining time for face milling and slab milling
operations - timing for thread cutting - estimation of total unit time -
Procedure for doing the above machining calculations with formulae used
- simple problems.
13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 166 of 222
Text books:
1) Industrial Engineering & Management - O.P Khanna
2) Industrial Engineering & Production Management - Martand Telsang
Reference books:
1) Production Engineering - P.C.Shrma.
2) Production and Costing - GBS Narang and V.Kumar
3) Mechanical Estimating and Costing - Banga & Sharma.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 167 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM54 PROCESS PLANNING AND COST ESTIMATION
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note: 1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. List the information requires for process planning.
2. What are the two approaches to process planning?
3. What is process selection?
4. Define jig.
5. What is SIMO chart?
6. What is ergonomics?
7. Mention any two functions of cost estimation.
8. Define costing.
9. List out the elements of drilling cost estimation.
10. Derive an expression for estimating knurling time for plain turning in lathe.
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. List out the factors affecting process planning.
12. Briefly explain value engineering.
UNIT-II
13. List any four factors that to be considered for machine selection.
14. Discuss the factors influencing the choice of machinery.
UNIT-III
15. Write the objectives of work study.
16. State the objective of ergonomics.
UNIT-IV
17. Compare cost accounting and cost estimating.
18. What is performance factor and inspection time?
UNIT-V
19. Define: (i) cutting speed (ii) depth of cut
20. What is machining time? Explain.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 168 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Explain in detail about the procedure of process planning.
22. Explain the principle and need for line balancing.
UNIT-II
23. What is machine capacity? Write the analysis of machine capacity.
24. Explain in detail the material selection for jigs and fixtures.
UNIT-III
25. Explain the recording techniques used in method study.
26. Explain in detail about ergonomics and state its objectives, applications.
UNIT-IV
27. Discuss about determination of material and labor cost.
28. Discuss data requirements and sources for cost estimation.
UNIT-V
29. Determine selling price of a component made from steel bar 50mm long and 20mm in
diameter, machining time as 90 minutes. Assume the following:
Steel density : 8000 kg/m3
Steel cost : Rs. 60/kg
Labour cost : Rs. 15/hr
Overheads : 100% of labour cost
Profit : 20% of total cost
30. A 80mm diameter plain milling cutter having 6 teeth is used to face mill a block of
aluminium 200mm long and 30mm wide. The spindle is 1500 rpm and feed is
0.125mm/teeth/hr. Find the cutting time.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 169 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM55 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM55 Automobile Engineering Practical
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
4 60
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES :
• Identify the various tools and their Experiment Applications used in Automobile.
• Explain the construction & working of petrol & Diesel Engine.
• Find AC Fuel fuel pump, oil pump and water pump also carburetors and Deconstruct
service in it.
• Identify the power Transmission and Differential unit and compare fuel injection pump with
fuel injectors.
• List the various Types of steering Gearbox & Test the charging of batteries.
• Understand the effect of various pollutants, the basic pollution norms; suggest recent
emission control system to solve Emission problems.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
PART-A:
1) Identification and application of mechanic tools
2) Dismantling and assembling of four stroke petrol engine and identification of parts.
3) Dismantling and assembling of four stroke diesel engine and identification of parts.
4) Removing, decarburizing, inspecting and replacing connecting rods and adjusting the
bearings.
5) Removing camshaft, replacing timing gears, removing valves, lapping and adjusting the
valve clearance.
6) Removing, servicing and replacing of fuel pump, oil pump and water pump.
7) Removing, servicing and replacing of SOLEX carburettor.
8) Dismantling and assembling of inline fuel injection pump.
9) Dismantling, assembling and testing of injectors.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 170 of 222
PART-B:
1) Dismantling, assembling of pressure plate, clutch plate and steering gear box.
2) Dismantling, inspecting and assembling of gear box and find out the gear ratios.
3) Dismantling, inspecting and assembling of final drive and differential units. Adjusting of
backlash and correct tooth contact of crown and pinion of differential unit.
4) Dismantling, assembling and adjusting of steering gear box and find gear ratio.
5) Test a battery with specific gravity test and charge the battery with constant ampere/
voltage method.
6) Dismantling, overhauling and assembling of starter motor.
7) Dismantling, overhauling and assembling of alternator/dynamo.
8) Trace the automobile electrical system with respect to battery coil ignition system.
9) Trace the automobile electrical system with respect to (i)horn relay circuit, (ii)Wiper circuit
and explain with neat diagram.
Allocation of Marks
Part A : 35 Marks
Part –B : 35 Marks
Viva-Voce : 05 Marks
Total : 75 Marks
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
1. Automobile Mechanic’s tools-Complete Set - 2 Set
2. 4 stroke petrol engine- with all accessories - 1No
3. 4 stroke Diesel engine- with all accessories - 1 No
4. Internal circlip plier, bearing puller - 1 No
5. Feeler gauge to check valve clearance, hammer and accessories - 1 No
6. SOLEX carburetor - 1 No
7. Inline Fuel Injection Pump - 1 No
8. Injectors. - 1 No
9. Clutch set arrangement with tools - 1 No
10. Complete gear box with tools - 1 No
11. Complete steering arrangement - 1 No
12. Differential unit with axles - 1 No
13. Battery - 1 No
14. Battery Charger - 1 No
15. Battery testing unit (Specific gravity) - 1 No
16. Starter Motor - 1 No
17. Alternator - 1 No
18. Dynamo - 1 No
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 171 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM56 MACHINE TOOL TESTING AND MAINTENANCE
PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM56 Machine Tool Testing and Maintenance Practical
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
4 60
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Set up instrument for machine tool testing.
• Conduct machine tool alignment test for lathe
• Conduct machine tool testing for shaping and slotting machine
• Conduct machine tool testing for drilling and milling machine
• Conduct machine tool testing for grinding machine
• Practice on dismantling and assembling of Lead screw and nut, Tailstock, Bench vice,
Three jaw chuck, Four jaw chuck and Drill chuck
MACHINE TOOL TESTING:
1. Conduct geometrical test on machines with permissible deviations.
2. Study the testing instruments and calibration to the standards.
3. Prepare a test chart for the various tests and mention the errors.
Part A: Machine Tool Alignment
Exercises:
1. Conduct the following test for the lathe machine and prepare a test chart.
Check the level of slideways.
Check the straightness of carriage movement.
Check the parallelism of tailstock movement to carriage movements.
Check the run-out of the spindle.
Check the parallelism of the axis of the outside of tailstock sleeve to carriage movement.
2. Conduct the following test for the shaping machine and prepare a test chart.
Check the flatness of table top face.
Check the parallelism of table top face to its transverse movement.
Check the parallelism of table top face to the ram movement.
Check the parallelism of T-slot of top face to the ram movement.
Check the squareness of table side face to its transverse movement.
3. Conduct the following test for the drilling machine and prepare a test chart.
Check the level of the machine.
Check the flatness of the table surface.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 172 of 222
Check the run-out of the internal taper of the spindle.
Check the straightness of the pillar and squareness of the spindle axis.
Check the squareness of the table surface to the vertical movement of the spindle housing
4. Conduct the following test for the surface grinding machine and prepare a test chart.
Verify the levelling of slideways.
Verify the straightness of slideways in a horizontal plane.
Verify the flatness of the table surface.
Verify the parallelism of the table surface.
Check the run-out of the wheel spindle nose.
5. Conduct the following test for the milling machine and prepare a test chart.
Check the straightness of the vertical movement of the knee.
Check the squareness of the table surface to the column ways for knee.
Check the flatness of the table surface.
Check the parallelism of the table surface to its movement.
Check the run-out of the internal taper of the spindle.
6. Conduct the following test for the slotting machine and prepare a test chart.
Check the flatness of the table top face.
Check the run-out of the central locating bore.
Check the parallelism of table surface to its movement in longitudinal direction.
Check the squareness of the longitudinal and transverse movements of table.
Check the squareness of ram movement to the table surface in the transverse direction.
Part B: Maintenance
Dismantle, inspect and assemble the following machine components.
1. Lead screw and nut
2. Tailstock
3. Bench vice
4. Three jaw chuck
5. Four jaw chuck
6. Drill chuck
Allocation of Marks
Machine Tool Alignment 45
Procedure / Drawing 15
Geometrical test 20
Result & Test Chart 10
Maintenance 25
Procedure / Dismantling 10
Trouble shooting procedure 10
Assembling / Report 05
Viva-voce 05
TOTAL 75
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 173 of 222
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS Machine:
1. Lathe machine - 1 No.
2. Shaping machine - 1 No.
3. Drilling machine - 1 No.
4. Surface grinding machine - 1 No.
5. Milling machine - 1 No.
6. Slotting machine - 1 No. Tools: 7. Dial gauge - 5 Nos.
8. Magnetic stand - 5 Nos.
9. Surface gauges - 5 Nos.
10. Spirit level - 5 Nos.
11. Spanners (DE/Ring/Box) - Sufficient quantity
12. Screw drivers - Sufficient quantity
13. Allen screw sets - Sufficient quantity
14. Hammer - Sufficient quantity
15. Test mandrels - Sufficient quantity
16. Squares / Blocks - Sufficient quantity Machine components: 17. Lead screw and nut - 1 No.
18. Tailstock - 1 No.
19. Bench vice - 1 No.
20. Three jaw chuck - 1 No.
21. Four jaw chuck - 1 No.
22. Drill chuck - 1 No.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 174 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : GEM57 LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
GEM57 Life and Employability Skills Practical
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
4 60
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics & Allocation of Hours:
Unit no Topics Hours
I LISTENING 15
II SPEAKING 25
III READING 05
IV WRITING 10
V PROJECT OUTLINE 05
TOTAL 60
RATIONALE:
Good Communication Skills plays a vital role in one’s career. There are adequate Employment
opportunities in all the sectors. Students need to enhance their Communication skills in English in
order to cope with the tough competition. Besides, mastery in their specific domains students is
expected to overcome the supply -demand mismatch.
OUTCOMES:
• Emphasis and Enhance speaking skills
• Increase Ability to express views and Opinions
• Develop Employability skills
• Induce Entrepreneurship and Plan for the future.
• Expose and Induce Life Skills for Effective Managerial Ability.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 175 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT NO. TOPICS ACTIVITY HOURS
I LISTENING
• Taking notes
• Answering verbal questions
• Fill in the blanks with words heard
15
II SPEAKING
• Say expressions / phrases
• Self-Introduction / others
• Describe / Explain product
• Group Discussion
• Dialogue
• Presentation
25
III READING
• Productivity – Comparison with developed Countries
• House Keeping in Industries
• Occupational Safety and Hazard & Occupational Accident and First Aid
• Marketing Analysis, Support & Procurement
• Entrepreneurship
• National Commission for Protection of Child Rights (NCTCR)
• Protection of Children from sexual Offenses (POCSO Act and Rule of POCSO Rules, 2012)
05
IV WRITING
• Instant Sentence Making
• Framing questions
• Resume writing
• Make Sentence using pattern
• Important Constitutional and Legal Provision for women in India
• The Harassment of women at workplace (Prevention and Prohibition & Redressal ) Act 2013)
• Guidelines and Norms laid down by the Honourable Supreme Court in VISHAKA and Others
10
V PROJECT
OUTLINE
• Prepare an outline of project to obtain loan from bank
05
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 176 of 222
RECORD NOTE WRITING - 20 Marks
General Topics:
1. Productivity in Industries – Comparison with Developed Countries.
2. House-keeping in Industries.
3. Occupational Safety and Hazard& Occupational Accident and First Aid.
4. Entrepreneurship.
5. Marketing Analysis, Support and Procurement.
Writing Exercises:
1. Taking Down Notes (Listening)
2. Framing Questions
3. Making Sentences
4. Resume Writing
5. Project Outline
6. Instant Sentence Making
7. Say in phrases/Expressions
Speaking Exercise: Presentation Skills
1. Decision Making
2. Problem Solution
3. Creative Thinking/Lateral Thinking
4. Critical Thinking/ Perspicacity
5. Effective Communication
6. Interpersonal relationships
7. Self-awareness/Mindfulness
8. Assertiveness
9. Empathy
10. Equanimity
11. Coping with Stress, Trauma and Loss
NOTE: Students can choose any topic and present in Quality Tools, Quality Circles and Quality
Consciousness depicting these topics.
Text Book:
“LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL BOOK” by Ms.S.Rajalakshmi and
Ms.S.Anandhi
SCHEME OF EVALUATION No. Allocation Marks
1 Listening 25
2 Speaking 25
3 Writing and Reading 20
4 Viva Voce 5
TOTAL 75
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 177 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM61 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM61 Industrial Engineering and Management
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
6 90
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit no. Topic Hours
I Plant Engineering and Plant Safety 17
II Work study, Method study and Work Measurement 17
III Production Planning and Quality Control 17
IV Principles, Personnel Management and Organizational
behavior 16
V Financial and Material Management 16
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 90
OUTCOMES:
• Explain the types of plant layout, plant maintenance, safety laws and settlement of
industrial dispute
• Apply various concepts of work study to compile standard time and to improve standard of
living through various means of productivity enhancement
• Explain the various functions of production planning and control, total quality management
and implement QC and SQC tools
• Compare traditional and scientific management including leadership styles
• Illustrate various functions of personnel management and compute wages and incentives
• Explain and distinguish various sources of capital to find the selling price of a product by
implementing various costs
• Demonstrate various tools and techniques related to material management.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 178 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
UNIT NAME OF THE TOPIC HOURS
I PLANT ENGINEERING AND PLANT SAFETY
Plant Engineering : Plant – Selection of site of industry – Plant layout –
Principles of a good layout – types – process, product and fixed position –
cellular manufacturing - techniques to improve layout – Principles of
material handling equipment – Plant maintenance – importance – Break
down maintenance, preventive maintenance and scheduled maintenance.
Plant Safety: Importance –Incident/accident-causes and cost of an
accident-accident proneness-prevention of accidents-Safety laws and
regulations – Hazardous work environment -Industrial disputes-settlement
of Industrial disputes-Collective bargaining, conciliation, Mediation,
arbitration-Indian Factories Act 1948 and its provisions related to health,
welfare and safety.
17
II WORK STUDY, METHOD STUDY AND WORK MEASUREMENT
Work Study: Productivity – Standard of living – method of improving
productivity
– Objectives – Importance of good working conditions.
Method Study: Definition – Objectives – Selection of a job for method
study –Basic procedure for conduct of method study – Tools used –
Operation process chart, Flow process chart, two handed process chart,
Man machine chart, String diagram and flow diagram – Introduction to
Ergonomics.
Work Measurement: Definition – Basic procedure in making a time study
– Employees rating factor – Application of time allowances – Rest,
Personal, Process, Special and Policy allowances – Calculation of
standard time – Problems – Basic concept of production study –
Techniques of work measurement-Ratio delay study, Synthesis from
standard data, analytical estimating and Pre determined Motion Time
System (PMTS).
17
III
PRODUCTION PLANNING AND QUALITY CONTROL
Production Planning and Control: Introduction – Major functions of
production planning and control – Pre planning – Methods of forecasting –
Routing and scheduling – Dispatching and controlling – Concept of Critical
Path Method (CPM)-Description only. Production – types-Mass
production, batch production and job order production- Characteristics –
Economic Batch Quantity (EBQ) – Principles of product and process
planning – make or buy decision – problems – Lean manufacturing
Quality Control: Definition – Objectives – Types of inspection – First
piece, Floor and centralized inspection – Advantages and disadvantages.
Quality control – Statistical quality control – Types of measurements –
Method of variables – Method of attributes – Uses of X, R, p and c charts
– Operating Characteristics curve (O.C curve) – Sampling inspection –
single and double sampling plan – Concept of ISO 9001:2008 Quality
Management System – Benefits of ISO to the organization.
17
IV PRINCIPLES, PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT AND
ORGANIZATIOAL BEHAVIOR:
Principles of Management: Definition of management – Administration -
Organization – F.W. Taylor’s and Henry Fayol’s Principles of Management
– Functions of Manager – Directing – Leadership -Styles of Leadership –
Qualities of a good leader – Motivation – Positive and negative motivation
– Total Quality Management (TQM) – Quality circle – 5S Concept- SWOT
16
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 179 of 222
Analysis
Personnel Management: Responsibility of human resource management
– Selection procedure – Training of workers – Apprentice training – On the
job training and vestibule school training – Job evaluation and merit rating
– objectives and importance – wages and salary administration –
Components of wages – Wage fixation – Type of wage payment –
Halsey’s 50% plan, Rowan’s plan and Emerson’s efficiency plan –
Problems.
Organizational behavior: Definition – organization--Types of
Organization – Line, Staff, Taylor’s Pure functional types – Line and staff
and committee type –Organizational Approaches, individual behavior—
causes—Environmental effect—Behavior and Performance, Perception-
organizational implications.
V FINANCIAL AND MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
Financial Management: Fixed and working capital – Resources of capital
– shares preference and equity shares – debentures – Type of debentures
– Public deposits, Factory costing – direct cost – indirect cost – Factory
overhead – Selling price of a product – Profit – Problems. Depreciation –
Causes – Methods - Straight line, sinking fund and percentage on
diminishing value method – Problems.
Material management: Objectives of good stock control system – ABC
analysis of inventory – Procurement and consumption cycle – Minimum
Stock, Lead Time, Reorder Level-Economic order quantity problems –
supply chain management – Introduction – Purchasing procedure – Store
keeping – Bin card.
16
Text Books :
1) Industrial Engineering and Management, O.P. Khanna, Revised Edition
Publications (P) Ltd – 2004, 67/4 Madras House, Daryaganj, New Delhi – 110002.
2) Engineering Economics and Management, T.R. Banga & S.C. Sharma, McGraw Hill
Editiion. 2 – 2001, New Delhi.
3) Herald Koontz and Heinz Weihrich,’ Essentials of Management’, McGraw Hill
Publishing Company, Singapore International Edition. Latest
Reference Books :
1) Management, A global perspective, Heinz Weihrich, Harold Koontz, 10th Edition,
McGraw Hill International Edition.Latest.
2) Essentials of Management, 4th Edition, Joseph L.Massie, Prentice-Hall of India,
New Delhi 2004.
3) S.Chandran,Organizational Behaviours, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd. Latest
4) M.Govindarajan and S.Natarajan, Principles of Management, Prentce Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi Latest.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 180 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM61 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note: 1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. State the various methods of plant maintenance.
2. What is industrial dispute?
3. What are the uses of man-machine chart?
4. What is PMTS?
5. What is Economic Batch Quantity?
6. Define: Total Productive Maintenance.
7. Define: Management.
8. What is Merit rating?
9. What is the advantage of equity share over debentures?
10. What is the purpose of finding EOQ?
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. Explain briefly break down maintenance.
12. What is industrial legislations?
UNIT-II
13. What are the objectives of method study?
14. Compare fly back and continuous methods of timing using stop watch.
UNIT-III
15. Explain the master schedule with the help of Gantt chart.
16. Explain briefly about six sigma.
UNIT-IV
17. Describe the three dimensions of motivation.
18. State and explain the various components of wages.
UNIT-V
19. Explain the sinking fund method of depreciation.
20. What are the objectives of good stock control system?
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 181 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Explain the different types of plant layout with neat sketches.
22. Briefly describe the different methods available for solving industrial disputes.
UNIT-II
23. With an example describe two handed process chart. Enumerate the guide lines for
preparing the chart.
24. Write short notes on the following: (i) Ratio delay study. (ii) Analytical estimation.
UNIT-III
25. What is forecasting? Explain the different techniques of forecasting.
26. Describe the operating characteristics curve of a sampling plan.
UNIT-IV
27. State the principles of management enumerated by Henry Fayol. Explain any four of them.
28. What is job evaluation? Describe any one method of job evaluation.
UNIT-V
29. Calculate selling price of one flange from the data given below.
No. of flanges produced = 600
Material cost = Rs.5000
Manufacturing cost = Rs.3000
Factory overheads = 100% of direct labour cost
General overheads = 12.5% of Factory cost
Profit = 10% of total cost.
30. Explain the procurement and consumption cycle of stock control system.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 182 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM62 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM62 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
5 75
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit Topics Hours
I Computer Aided Design 14
II Computer Aided Manufacturing 14
III CNC machine and its components 14
IV CNC Programming, Rapid Prototyping 13
V Computer Integrated Manufacturing, Flexible Manufacturing
Systems, Automatic Guided Vehicle, Robot
13
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Explain the features of CAD, geometric modeling techniques and need for Graphic
standard
• Describe the function and benefits of CAM and the concept of GT,CAPP,MPS,MRP and RP
in CAM
• Compare NC and CNC machines and their functions & applications
• Write part program for CNC turning and milling machine G codes and M codes
• Illustrate various Rapid proto typing techniques and their applications
• Explain the working principle of FMS,AGV and robot
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 183 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN
Computer Aided Design: Introduction – definition – Shigley’s design
process – Ohsuga Model - CAD activities – benefits of CAD - CAD software
packages.
Transformations: 2D & 3D transformations – translation, scaling, rotation
and concatenation.
Geometric modelling: Techniques - Wire frame modelling – applications –
advantages and disadvantages. Surface modelling – types of surfaces –
applications – advantages and disadvantages – Solid modelling – entities –
advantages and disadvantages – Boolean operations - Boundary
representation – Constructive Solid Geometry – Comparison.
Graphics standard: Definition – Need - GKS – OpenGL - IGES – DXF.
Finite Element Analysis: Introduction – Development - Basic steps –
Advantage.
14
II COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING
Computer Aided Manufacturing: Introduction - Definition – functions of
CAM – benefits of CAM. Group technology: Part families - Parts
classification and coding - coding structure – Opitz system, MICLASS
system and CODE System.
Process Planning: Introduction – Computer Assisted Process Planning
(CAPP) – Types of CAPP - Variant type, Generative type – advantages of
CAPP.
Production Planning and Control (PPC): Definition – objectives -
Computer Integrated Production management system – Master Production
Schedule (MPS) – Capacity Planning – Materials Requirement Planning
(MRP) – Manufacturing Resources Planning (MRP-II) – Shop Floor Control
system (SFC) - Just In Time manufacturing philosophy (JIT) - Introduction
to Enterprise Resources Planning (ERP).
Product Development Cycle: Product Life Cycle - New product
development processes. Concurrent Engineering: Definition – Sequential
Vs Concurrent engineering – need of CE – benefits of CE.
Quality Function Deployment (QFD): Definition – House of Quality (HOQ)
– advantages – disadvantages. Steps in Failure Modes and Effects Analysis
(FMEA) – Value Engineering (VE) – types of values – identification of poor
value areas – techniques – benefits. Guide lines of Design for Manufacture
and Assembly (DFMA).
14
III CNC MACHINE AND ITS COMPONENTS
CNC Machines: Numerical control – definition – working principle of a
CNC system – Features of CNC machines - advantage of CNC machines –
difference between NC and CNC – Construction and working principle of
turning centre – Construction and working principle of machining centre –
machine axes conventions turning centre and machining centre –
Coordinate measuring machine – construction and working principle.
Components of CNC machine: Slide ways – requirement – types – friction
slide ways and antifriction slide ways - linear motion bearings – recirculation
ball screw – ATC – tool magazine – feedback devices – linear and rotary
transducers – Encoders - in process probing - tool material – tool inserts.
14
IV CNC PROGRAMMING, RAPID PROTOTYPING
CNC Part Programming: Manual part programming - coordinate system –
Datum points: machine zero, work zero, tool zero - reference points - NC
13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 184 of 222
dimensioning – G codes and M codes – linear interpolation and circular
interpolation - CNC program procedure - sub-program – canned cycles -
stock removal – thread cutting – mirroring – drilling cycle – pocketing.
Rapid prototyping: Classification – subtractive – additive – advantages
and applications - materials. Types - Stereo lithography (STL) – Fused
deposition model (FDM) – Selective laser sintering SLS) - three dimensional
printing (3D) – Rapid tooling.
V COMPUTER INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING, FLEXIBLE
MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS, AUTOMATIC GUIDED VEHICLE,
ROBOT
CIM: Introduction of CIM – concept of CIM - evolution of CIM – CIM wheel –
Benefits – integrated CAD/CAM.
FMS: Introduction – FMS components – FMS layouts – Types of FMS:
Flexible Manufacturing Cell (FMC) – Flexible Turning Cell (FTC) – Flexible
Transfer Line (FTL) – Flexible Machining System (FMS) – benefits of FMS -
introduction to intelligent manufacturing system.
AGV: Introduction – AGV - working principle – types – benefits.
Augmented Reality (AR) – Introduction - concept – Applications.
ROBOT: Definition – robot configurations – basic robot motion – robot
programming method – robotic sensors – end effectors – mechanical
grippers – vacuum grippers - Industrial applications of Robot:
Characteristics - material transfer and loading – welding - spray coating -
assembly and inspection.
13
Text Books :
1) CAD/CAM/CIM , R.Radhakrishnan, S.Subramanian, New Age International Pvt. Ltd.
2) CAD/CAM , Mikell P.Groover, Emory Zimmers, Jr.Prentice Hall of India Pvt., Ltd.
Reference Books :
1) CAD/CAM Principles and Applications, Dr.P.N.Rao, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd.
2) CAD/CAM, Ibrahim Zeid, Mastering Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New
Delhi.
3) Automation, Production Systems, and Computer-Integrated Manufacturing, Mikell P.
Groover, Pearson Education Asia.
4) Computer control of manufacturing systems, Yoram Koren, McGraw Hill Book.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 185 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM62 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note: 1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. Define: CIM.
2. Write the difference between solid modeling and wire-frame modeling.
3. Write down the various approaches used in CAPP.
4. Write any two objective of JIT.
5. What is meant by CNC system?
6. State the functions of adoptive control system.
7. What is the use of canned cycle?
8. State the methods of NC dimensioning.
9. Write down the benefits of FMS.
10. What are the drives used in ROBOT?
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. List out the benefits of CAD.
12. What are the transformations used in CAD?
UNIT-II
13. What are the benefits of group technology?
14. What is sequential engineering?
UNIT-III
15. State the requirements of feed drive.
16. What is closed loop control system?
UNIT-IV
17. What are the G-Codes used for interpolation?
18. What is Macro?
UNIT-V
19. State the applications of augmented reality.
20. What is intelligent manufacturing system?
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 186 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Draw the CIM wheel and explain.
22. Explain the 3D modeling techniques used in CAD.
UNIT-II
23. Explain OPITZ coding system.
24. Explain capacity planning made in CIM.
UNIT-III
25. Explain CNC vertical milling machine with a neat sketch.
26. Explain re-circulating ball screw used in CNC. State its merits and de-merits.
UNIT-IV
27. Explain thread cutting canned cycle with simple example.
28. Explain the various types of motion control.
UNIT-V
29. Explain the various types of AGV with suitable diagram.
30. Explain the basic elements of industrial ROBOT with a neat sketch.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 187 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM63 ROBOTICS
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM63 Robotics
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
5 75
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit No Topics Hours
I Fundamentals of Robot Technology 14
II Robot Controller, Drive Systems and End Effecters 14
III Sensors and Machine Vision 14
IV Robot Kinematics and Robot Programming 13
V Robot Applications in Manufacturing 13
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Explain the fundamentals of robotics
• Recognize the structure and elements of robot
• Describe the functioning of various drives used in robots
• Compare the different types of sensors used in robot
• Explain the types of kinematics adapted in robots
• Write simple program to control a robot
• Illustrate the application of Robots in manufacturing
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 188 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I FUNDAMENTALS OF ROBOT TECHNOLOGY
Introduction – History of robot - Definitions-Robot Anatomy – Basic
configuration of Robotics – Robot Components – Manipulator, End
effecter, Driving system, Controller and Sensors. Mechanical arm –
Degrees of freedom – Links and joints – Types of joints – Joint notation
scheme – Pitch, Yaw, Roll – Classification of robots – Work envelope,
Work Volume – Effect of structure on Control ,Work envelop and Work
volume. Introduction to PUMA robot.
14
II ROBOT CONTROLLER, DRIVE SYSTEMS AND END
EFFECTERS
Robot controller – Configuration - Four types of controls – Open loop and
closed loop controls – Speed of response and stability – Precision of
movements: Spatial resolutions, accuracy and repeatability. Pneumatic
drives – Hydraulic drives – Mechanical drives – Electrical drives –
Stepper motors, DC Servo motors and AC Servo motors – Salient
features – Applications and Comparisons of Drives. End effecters –
Grippers – Mechanical Grippers, Magnetic Grippers, Vacuum Grippers,
Two fingered and Three fingered Grippers, Internal and External Grippers
– End Of Arm Tooling (EOAT)- Selection and Design considerations.
14
III SENSORS AND MACHINE VISION
Requirements of Sensors – Sensor devices used in robot work cell -
Principles and applications of the following types of sensors – Position
sensors: Piezo-electric sensors, LVDT, Resolvers, Optical encoders and
Pneumatic position sensors – Range sensors – Proximity sensors:
Inductive, Capacitive, Ultrasonic and Optical proximity sensors – Touch
sensors: Binary sensors, Analog sensors – Wrist sensors – Slip sensors.
Machine vision system – Camera – Frame grabber – Sensing and
digitizing image data – Signal conversion – Image storage – Lighting
techniques – Image processing and analysis – Data reduction: Edge
detection, Feature extraction and object recognition – Applications –
Inspection, Identification, Visual serving and navigation.
14
IV ROBOT KINEMATICS AND ROBOT PROGRAMMING
Forward kinematics, Inverse kinematics and differences – Forward
kinematics and Reverse kinematics of manipulators with Two and Three
degrees of freedom – Deviations. – Robot dynamics – Static analysis -
Robot programming – Teach pendant programming – Lead through
programming – Robot programming languages – VAL Programming –
Motion commands, Sensor commands, End effecter commands and
Simple programs.
13
V ROBOT APPLICATIONS IN MANUFACTURING
Robot applications – Material handling – Press loading and unloading –
Die casting – Machine tool loading and unloading – Spot welding – Arc
welding – Spray painting – Assembling – Finishing – Automatic Guided
Vehicle – Adopting robots to workstations – Requisite robot
characteristics and Non requisite robot characteristics – Stages in
selecting robots for industrial applications – Safety considerations for
robot operations – Robotics in the future and characteristics task–
Economical analysis of robots – Social implications.
13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 189 of 222
Text Books:
1) Industrial Robotics – Technology, Programming and Applications, .P.Groover, MC
Graw Hill, 2001
Reference Books:
1) Robotics Control, Sensing, Vision and Intelligence, Fu.K.S.Gonzalz.R.C., and Lee
C.S.G, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1987
2) Robotics for Engineers,Yoram Koren, McGraw-Hill Book Co., 1992
3) Robotics and Image Processing, Janakiraman.P.A, Tata McGraw-Hill,1995
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 190 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM63 ROBOTICS
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note: 1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. Define the term ‘Robot’.
2. List the various components of Robot.
3. What is meant by open loop control system?
4. Define End effectors.
5. What is the use of capacitive sensor?
6. What are the requirements of sensor?
7. State the degrees of freedom associated with Rist.
8. Write any three robot programming Language.
9. State one advantage of future Robot.
10. State the purpose of Automated guided vehicle.
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. Brief about classification of robots.
12. Explain work envelop and work volume.
UNIT-II
13. Define the term: accuracy and repeatability.
14. Explain about Vacuum Grippers.
UNIT-III
15. State any two techniques in image processing and analysis.
16. Write about optical proximity sensors.
UNIT-IV
17. What is meant by Reverse Kinematics?
18. Brief about Lead through Programming.
UNIT-V
19. Give any four applications of Sensor in Automobile.
20. Brief about Arc welding.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 191 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Explain the basic configuration of robot with a neat sketch.
22. Explain (a) Robot components. (b) Types of links with neat sketch.
UNIT-II
23. Explain the different types of drive system used in Robots – Briefly.
24. Explain briefly (a) Magnetic Grippers (b) Explain the factors to be considered for selection
and design of Grippers.
UNIT-III
25. (a) Types of sensors. (b) Explain the operation of ultrasonic sensor with a neat sketch.
26. (a) Describe LVDT Sensors with a neat sketch. (b) Explain various techniques in image
processing and analysis.
UNIT-IV
27. Explain (a) Forward and Reverse Kinematics. (b) Reverse Kinematics of manipulators with
two degrees of freedom.
28. Briefly explain about Robot programming language.
UNIT-V
29. Explain (a) Safety considerations for robot operation. (b) Forward Requisite and Non
Requisite robot characteristics.
30. Briefly explain about the applications of robot.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 192 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM63 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENTATION
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM63 Mechanical Instrumentation
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
5 75
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit Topics Hours
I Types of Measurement, Measurement of Error 14
II Displacement Measurement- Pressure Measurement 14
III Temperature Measurement- Flow Measurements 14
IV Miscellaneous Measurement 13
V Control Systems 13
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Understand and explain the different instrument and types of errors & transducers
• Impart knowledge on displacement measurements
• Understand and explain about temperature measurement
• Explain the miscellaneous measurement
• Understand the application of measurement system
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 193 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I TYPES OF MEASUREMENT, MEASUREMENT OF ERROR
Types of Measurement: Types of Measurement, Measurement of Error
Types of measurement, classification of instruments - Static terms and
characteristics - Range and Span, Accuracy and Precision, Reliability,
Calibration, Hysteresis and Dead zone, Drift, Sensitivity, Threshold and
Resolution, Repeatability and Reproducibility, Linearity.
Dynamic characteristics - Speed of response, Fidelity and Dynamic errors,
overshoot.
Measurement of error: - Classification of errors, environmental errors, signal
transmission errors, observation errors, operational errors
Transducers: Classification of transducers, active and passive, resistive,
inductive, capacitive, piezo-resistive, thermo resistive.
14
II DISPLACEMENT MEASUREMENT & PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
Displacement Measurement: Capacitive transducer, Potentiometer, LVDT,
RVDT, Specification, Selection & application of displacement transducer.
Optical measurement scale and encoders
Pressure Measurement: Low pressure gauges- McLeod Gauge, Thermal
conductivity gauge, Ionization gauge, Thermocouple vacuum gauge, Pirani
gauge. High Pressure gauge-Diaphragm, Bellows, Bourdon tube, Electrical
resistance type, Photoelectric pressure transducers, piezoelectric type,
Variable capacitor type
14
III TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT & FLOW MEASUREMENTS
Temperature Measurement: Non-electrical methods - Bimetal, Liquid in glass
thermometer and Pressure thermometer.
Electrical methods - RTD, Platinum resistance thermometer, Thermistor,
Thermoelectric methods - elements of thermocouple, Seebek series, law of
Intermediate metals, thermo emf measurement.
Flow Measurements: Variable area meter - Rota meter, Variable velocity
meter – Anemometer, Special flow meter - Hot wire anemometer,
Electromagnetic flow meter, Ultrasonic flow meter ,Turbine meter ,Vortex
shedding flow meter
14
IV MISCELLANEOUS MEASUREMENT:
Introduction to sound measurement and study of Electro dynamic microphone
and Carbon microphone. Humidity measurement –Hair hygrometer, Sling
psychrometer, Liquid level measurement – direct and indirect methods. Force
& Shaft power measurement - Tool Dynamometer (MechanicalType), Eddy
Current Dynamometer, Strain Gauge Transmission Dynamometer. Speed
measurement -Eddy current generation type tachometer, incremental and
absolute type, Mechanical Tachometers, Revolution counter & timer, Slipping
Clutch Tachometer, Electrical Tachometers, Contact less Electrical
tachometer, Inductive Pick Up, Capacitive Pick Up, Stroboscope, Strain
Measurement - Stress-strain relation, types of strain gauges, strain gauge
materials, resistance strain gauge- bonded and unbonded, types (foil,
semiconductor, wire wound gauges), selection and installation of strain
gauges load cells, rosettes.
13
V CONTROL SYSTEMS :
Block diagram of automatic control system, closed loop system, open loop
system, feedback control system, feed forward control system, servomotor
mechanism.
Comparison of hydraulic, pneumatic, electronic control systems, Control
13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 194 of 222
action: Proportional, Integral, derivative, PI, PD, PID. Applications of
measurements and control for setup for boilers, airconditioners, motor speed
control.
Text Books:
1) Mechanical Measurements &Control-D.S.Kumar-Metropolitan Publications, New
Delhi.
2) Mechanical & Industrial Measurements-R.K.Jain-Khanna Publications, NewDelhi,
3) Mechanical Measurements &Instrumentation-A.K.Sawhney-Dhanpat Rai & Sons,
NewDelhi.
4) Measurement Systems-E. O. Doebelin-Tata McGraw Hill Publications.
5) Mechanical Measurement &Control-R.V. Jalgaonkar-Everest Publishing House,
Pune.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 195 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM63 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENTATION
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note: 1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. Define range.
2. What is transducer?
3. Define encoder.
4. What is meant by diaphragm?
5. What is thermistor?
6. List some flow measurement.
7. Write the methods of liquid level measurement.
8. What are the types of strain gauges used?
9. What is control system?
10. What is servomotor?
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. What is accuracy and precision? Explain.
12. Explain observational error.
UNIT-II
13. Explain potentiometer with neat sketch.
14. Explain any type of pressure gauge.
UNIT-III
15. Explain Seeback effect.
16. Explain ultrasonic flow meter.
UNIT-IV
17. Discuss in brief about sling psychrometer.
18. Write about strain guage materials.
UNIT-V
19. Explain servomotor mechanism.
20. Write the applications of boilers.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 196 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. Explain the classification of errors in detail.
22. Explain (a) Repeatability (b) Reproducibility (c) Linearity (d) Dynamic characteristics.
UNIT-II
23. Describe LVDT Sensors with a neat sketch.
24. Explain briefly (a) ionization gauge (b) thermocouple vacuum gauge.
UNIT-III
25. Explain any three types of temperature measurement in detail.
26. Explain any three types of flow measurement in detail.
UNIT-IV
27. Explain bonded and unbounded type strain gauges.
28. Explain eddy current and strain gauge transmission dynamometer.
UNIT-V
29. Explain (a) closed loop system (b) open loop system (c) control system and (d) feedback
control system.
30. Compare electronic, hydraulic and pneumatic control systems.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 197 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM63 REFRIGERATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM63 Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
5 75
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
Topics and Allocation of Hours:
Unit
No. Topics Hours
I Refrigeration System and Refrigeration Equipments 14
II Vapour Compression & Absorption Refrigeration System and
Cryogenic Refrigeration Systems 14
III Refrigeration Flow Controls, Refrigerants and Lubricants and
Applications of Refrigeration 14
IV Psychometrics and Comfort Air Conditioning Systems 13
V Cooling Load Calculations and Duct Design , Energy Conservation
Techniques 13
REVISION AND TEST 7
TOTAL 75
OUTCOMES:
• Explain the working of open and closed air system of refrigeration.
• Describe the working and construction of compressors used for air conditioning.
• Explain vapour compression réfrigération system.
• Explain vapour absorption réfrigération system.
• Compare the properties and applications of various refrigerants.
• Define the parameters used in psychrometry.
• Use Psychrometry chart
• Describe the equipment used for air conditioning.
• Estimate the cooling load for the given requirement.
• Explain the industrial application of refrigeration.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 198 of 222
DETAILED SYLLABUS
Unit Name of the Topic Hours
I REFRIGERATION SYSTEM AND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENTS
Refrigeration System: Thermodynamic state of a pure substance, modes of
heat transfer –laws of heat transfer - mechanisms of production of cold - unit
of refrigeration –types of refrigeration - reversed Carnot cycle - C.O.P of heat
engine-heat pump- refrigerating machine – principle of working of open and
closed air system of refrigeration – advantages and disadvantages – and its
application of air cycle-problems
Refrigeration Equipments: Compressor – principle of working and
constructional details of reciprocating and rotary compressors, hermetically
and semi hermetically sealed compressors- condensers-principle of working
and constructional details of air cooled and water cooled condensers,
evaporative condensers- advantages and disadvantages - natural and forced
draught cooling towers.
Evaporators- natural circulation and forced circulation type – principle of
working constructional details.
14
II VAPOUR COMPRESSION REFRIGERATION SYSTEM ,VAPOUR
ABSORPTION REFRIGERATION SYSTEM AND CRYOGENIC
REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS
Vapour Compression Refrigeration System: Principle of working of vapour
compression system – analysis of vapour compression cycle using T-s
diagram and p-H diagram- refrigerating effect- compression work - C.O.P -
effect of superheating and under cooling – effect of evaporative pressure
and condenser pressure-problems – liquid vapour refrigeration heat
exchangers - advantages and disadvantages of superheating and under
cooling –use of flash chamber and accumulator.
Vapour Absorption Refrigeration System: Simple absorption system –
Electrolux system - solar absorption refrigeration system- absorption system
comparison with mechanical refrigeration system.
Cryogenic Refrigeration Systems: Refrigerators for above 2 K- Philips
Refrigerator--Giffered McMohan refrigerator- refrigerators for below 2 K -
Magnetic refrigeration systems.
14
III REFRIGERATION FLOW CONTROLS, REFRIGERANTS AND
LUBRICANTS AND APPLICATIONS OF REFRIGERATION
Refrigeration Flow Controls: Capillary tube-automatic expansion valve-
thermostatic expansion valve-electronic expansion valve-solenoid valve-
evaporator pressure regulator –suction pressure regulator
Refrigerants: Classification of refrigerants-selection of a refrigerant-
properties and applications of following refrigerants SO2 ,
CH4 ,F
22, and NH
3 –
CFCs refrigerants- equivalent of CFCs refrigerants (R-123a,R-143a,R-69S)-
blends of refrigerants(R400 and R500 Series) - lubricants used in
refrigeration and their applications.
Applications Of Refrigeration: Slow freezing –quick freezing- cold storage-
frozen storage-freeze drying –dairy refrigeration –ice cream cabinets-ice
making – water cooler, milk cooler, bottle cooler-frost free refrigeration.
14
IV PSYCHOMETRICS AND COMFORT AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
Psychometrics: Psychrometry properties - adiabatic saturation of air by
evaporation of water- psychometric chart and its uses – psychometric
processes – sensible heating and cooling - humidifying and heating -
dehumidifying and cooling - adiabatic cooling with humidification - total
13
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 199 of 222
heating or cooling processes -sensible heat factor - by pass factor –
adiabatic mixing – evaporative cooling - problems – governing optimum
effective temperature – comfort chart-design consideration.
Comfort Air Conditioning Systems: Equipment for air conditioning and
insulation factors – air purification – temperature control – humidity control –
dry and wet filters- centrifugal dust collector – air washer humidifier –
dehumidifier - fans and blowers – grills and registers – summer and winter air
conditioning, window and split air conditioners –– properties of ideal
insulator, types of insulating materials.
V COOLING LOAD CALCULATIONS AND DUCT DESIGN , ENERGY
CONSERVATION TECHNIQUES
Cooling Load Calculations And Duct Design: Different heat sources –
conduction heat load – radiation load of sun – occupants load – equipment
load - infiltration air load – miscellaneous heat sources –fresh air load -
problems. Classification of duct systems - Duct design – equal friction
method – velocity reduction method – problems. Chilled water Systems -Air
handling Units.
Energy Conservation Techniques: Energy conservation and design
decisions - heat reclaim – thermal storage – ice builder – ice harvester –
variable refrigerant flow (VRF) – variable primary flow (VPF).
13
Text books :
1) Refrigeration and air conditioning, P.L . Ballaney, Khanna Publishers, 2B, North
Market, Naisarak, New Delhi 110 006.
2) Refrigeration and air conditioning, V.K. Jain,
3) Industrial Refrigeration Hand Book, Wilbert F. Steocker
Reference Books:
1) A course in refrigeration and air conditioning , Domkundwar,
2) Principles of refrigeration, Dossat ,
3) Home refrigeration and air conditioning, Audels, Theo.Audel & Co. publisher, 199
Edn.49, West 23rd
Street, New York. - 1998
4) Refrigeration and air conditioning, C.P Arora,
5) Cryogenic systems Randell Fd Barron.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 200 of 222
MODEL QUESTION PAPER
MEM63 REFRIGERATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
Time: 3 Hrs Maximum Marks: 75
Note: 1. Answer ALL the questions in PART-A (1 mark each)
2. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-B (3 marks each)
3. Answer any ONE question from each unit in PART-C (10 marks each)
4. The question paper contains TWO Pages
PART-A (1x10=10)
1. What are the three modes of heat transfer?
2. Define COP of heat engine.
3. What is the use of condenser?
4. What is the effect of superheating?
5. What is the solvent used in electroflux refrigeration system?
6. Name some refrigerant used for cooling systems.
7. Define: Humidity.
8. What is moist air?
9. What is AHU?
10. What is the use of duct?
PART-B (3x5=15)
UNIT-I
11. Write the applications of refrigeration air cycles.
12. What are the advantages of cooling towers?
UNIT-II
13. Write the effect of under cooling.
14. Compare absorption and mechanical refrigeration system.
UNIT-III
15. Write the properties of refrigerants.
16. List out the applications of refrigeration.
UNIT-IV
17. What is bypass factor?
18. Write the types of insulating materials.
UNIT-V
19. Write down the classifications of duct systems.
20. List some energy conservation techniques.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 201 of 222
PART-C (10X5=50)
UNIT-I
21. List out the different types of refrigeration and explain any two in detail.
22. With neat sketch, explain natural draught cooling tower.
UNIT-II
23. Explain the principle of working of vapor compression system with neat sketch.
24. With neat sketch, explain Electrolux system.
UNIT-III
25. List out the expansion devices and explain thermostatic expansion devices with neat
sketch.
26. Write short notes on diary refrigeration.
UNIT-IV
27. List out the psychometric properties of air and explain
28. Draw the neat sketch of air washer humidifer and explain.
UNIT-V
29. Explain various heat sources in air-conditioning space
30. Explain about thermal storage.
***********
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 202 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : V
Subject Code & Name : MEM64 ROBOTICS PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM64 Robotics Practical
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
4 60
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Recognize the parts of Robot
• Use Cartesian Coordinate system and Polar coordinate system for positioning
• Demonstrate the robotic simulation software tools
• Execute programs in the robot for various applications covering point function and path
functions
• Follow safety rules while operating Robot
Exercises:
1. Study of Robot / Study of robot simulation software
2. Position recording using Cartesian co ordinate system
(No. of positions to be specified - 9)
3. Position recording using Polar co ordinate system
(No. of positions to be specified- 9)
4. Pick and place of objects
(No. of objects to be specified- 6)
5. Pick and stack of objects
(No. of objects to be specified- 6)
6. Spray painting practice
(Area to be specified- 300mm x 300mm)
7. Spot welding practice
(No. of spots to be specified- 9)
8. Arc welding practice
(Length. of weld to be specified)
9. Assembling practice
(Simple assembling)
10. Profile cutting practice
(Complicated profile – combination of lines and arcs)
11. Machine loading and unloading practice with time delay
(No. of times to be specified- 9)
12. Study of machine vision system
13. Programming using Loops and Subroutine.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 203 of 222
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Part-A
1 Writing the Program 20
2 Execution/Simulation in the
software
20
Part-B
3 Enter and editing the
program 10
4 Execution 20
5 Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
Computer with Accessories : 16 Nos.
Compatible Software : Sufficient quantity
Hardware :
6 Axis Robot - Teach Pendant control
5 Axis Robot - PC based control through Software.
(Separate device for the individual task)
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 204 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Subject Code & Name : MEM64 MECHANICAL INSTRUMENTATION PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM64
Mechanical
Instrumentation
Practical
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
4 60
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Handle various instruments
• Analyze the result of calibration of thermister
• Interpret calibration curve of a rota meter
• Evaluate the stress induced in a strain gauge
• Test and calibration of a thermocouple
• Draw the calibration curves of rota meter and thermister
• Measure various parameters using instruments
• Study of control system with the help of suitable practical application by arranging
• Know the measurement and control laboratory and study the specifications of
measuring Instruments /devices.
Exercises:
1. Find the static characteristics of instruments with demonstration of any one
measuring instrument.
2. Measure displacement by using inductive transducer. (Linear variable displacement
transducer i.e. LVDT) and verify its characteristics.
3. Measure negative pressure or vacuum using McLeod gauge / Bourdon tube
pressure gauge.
4. Measure temperature by thermocouple and verifying by thermometer.
5. Measure flow of liquid by rota meter.
6. Measure liquid level by capacitive transducer system.
7. Measure speed of rotating shaft by stroboscope / magnetic / inductive pick up.
8. Measure force or weight by load cell.
9. Measure strain by using basic strain gauge and verify the stress induced.
10. Measurement of Torque.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 205 of 222
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
1 Block Diagram 15
2 Reading and graph 35
3 Execution of circuit 20
4 Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
1. Thermometer 2 nos
2. Temperature gauge / Temperature transducer 2 nos
3. Pressure measuring setup using McLeod gauge / Bourdon tube pressure gauge. 2 nos 4. Strain measurement module using Strain gauge 2 nos
5. Displacement measurement module using LVDT 2 nos
6. 3 wire RTD (PT-50 / PT-100) with industrial standard 2 nos
7. Thermocouple (J-type / K-type) with industrial standard 2 nos
8. Water bath with heater arrangement 3 nos
9. Furnace with blower arrangement 1 no
10. Load cell instruments and measurement setup 2 nos
11. Torsion meter/strain gauge torque transducers 2 nos
12. Capacitance transducers, water level trainer kit 2 nos
13. Multi meter 2 nos
14. DC Motor, photoelectric pick up kit, CRO connecting 2 nos
15. Stroboscope 2 nos
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 206 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Subject Code & Name : MEM64 REFRIGERATION AND AIR-CONDITIONING
PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM64
Refrigeration
and Air-
Conditioning
Practical
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
4 60
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Identify the various tools used in R & AC
• Demonstrate the construction and working of window air conditioner
• Demonstrate the construction and working of split type air conditioner
• Set parameters for comfortable operation of an air conditioner.
• Determine the C.O.P of air conditioner.
• Determine the capacity of window air conditioner.
• Describe the wiring of refrigerator and coolers.
• Perform servicing on air conditioner.
PART- A:
1. BASIC REFRIGERATION WORKSHOP OPERATION:
(a) Copper and steel tubing
To study the various sizes of copper and steel tubing.
To study the various tools used for operations.
To become familiar with various operations on copper and steel tubing–Flaring, Swaging.
(b) Soldering methods used in R & AC
2. TO STUDY THE CONSTRUCTION FEATURES OF THE FOLLOWING:
(a) Domestic refrigerators (b) Water coolers (c) Window Air Conditioner
(d) Split Type Air-Conditioner
3. PROPER METHODS OF SETTING AND ADJUSTING OF:
(a) Thermostats
(b) Low pressure and high pressure cut-outs
(c) Thermostatic expansion valve
(d) Automatic Expansion Valve
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 207 of 222
PART-B:
TEST PROCEDURES:
1. To determine the refrigerating effect, C.O.P and the compressor capacity of a open type
system with:
Thermostatic expansion valve
Capillary tube
Automatic Expansion Valve
2. To determine the C.O.P of sealed system by using electrical measurements
To determine the capacity of a window air conditioner.
To determine the efficiency of a cooling tower.
Wiring of refrigerator, water cooler, desert cooler, room air conditioner –packaged air
conditioner, panel board etc.
SERVICE PROCEDURES:
1. To change refrigerant into service cylinder from storage cylinder.
2. To evaluate the entire system
3. To Pump down the system
4. To Purge air from the system
5. To locate the leaks in a system.
6. To charge the system
7. To check the oil level in the compressor.
8. Tracing the common faults in R& A.C units and their remedies.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Allocation Marks
One Question from Part-A 25
One Question from Part-B 45
Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 208 of 222
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
WORKING MODELS OF THE FOLLOWING WITH ARRANGEMENTS FOR CONDUCTING
TESTS:
1. Refrigerator with test rig
2. Water cooler
3. Window A/C with test rig
4. Split A/C
5. Cooling tower
WORKING MODEL OF THE FOLLOWING TO CONDUCT EXPERIMENTS:
1. Thermostat units
2. Cut off units
3. Thermostatic expansion valve unit
4. Automatic expansion valve unit
5. Sealed compressor with experimental setup
TOOLS:
1. Mechanics tool set
2. Tube cutter
3. Tube bender type
4. Tube bender spring
5. Swaging tool
6. Flaring block
7. Flaring nut
8. Pinching tool
9. Capillary tube testing gauge
10. Blow Lamp
SERVICE TOOLS:
1. Gas cylinder with receiver valve and key
2. Charging System
3. Blow lamp
4. Stem key
5. Spring remover
6. Service valve
7. ‘t’ connector
8. High pressure gauge
9. Compound gauge
10. Leak detector
11. Soldering and Brazing kit.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 209 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Subject Code & Name : MEM65 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING
PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM65 Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing Practical
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
6 90
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Demonstrate basic concepts of solid modeling tools used in software
• Create 3D modeling for the given 2D drawings
• Prepare part programming using G codes and M codes
• Write CNC part program for turning and milling operations
• Simulate the part program for turning and milling
• Operate CNC Turning centre and CNC Vertical Machining Centre safely
• Produce the components in CNC Turning centre and CNC Vertical Machining Centre
PART A: SOLID MODELLING
Introduction:
Part modelling - Datum Plane – constraint – sketch – dimensioning – extrude – revolve – sweep –
blend – protrusion – extrusion – rib – shell – hole – round – chamfer – copy – mirror – assembly –
align – orient.
Exercises:
3D Drawings
1. Geneva Wheel
2. Bearing Block
3. Bushed bearing
4. Gib and Cotter joint
5. Screw Jack
6. Connecting Rod
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 210 of 222
PART B: CNC Programming and Machining
Introduction:
1. Study of CNC lathe, milling.
2. Study of international standard codes: G-Codes and M-Codes
3. Format – Dimensioning methods.
4. Program writing – Turning simulator – Milling simulator, IS practice – commands menus.
5. Editing the program in the CNC machines.
6. Execute the program in the CNC machines.
Exercises:
CNC Turning Machine Material: Aluminum / Acrylic fibre rod / Plastic
1. Using Linear and Circular interpolation - Create a part program and produce component in
the Machine.
2. Using Stock removal cycle – Create a part program for multiple turning operations and
produce component in the Machine.
3. Using canned cycle - Create a part program for thread cutting, grooving and produce
component in the Machine.
CNC Milling Machine Material: Aluminum flat or acrylic fibre or plastic
4. Using Linear interpolation and Circular interpolation – Create a part program for grooving
and produce component in the Machine.
5. Using canned cycle - Create a part program for drilling, tapping, counter sinking and
produce component in the Machine.
6. Using subprogram - Create a part program for mirroring and produce component in the
Machine.
Exercises:
CNC Turning Machine Material: MS/Aluminium/ Acrylic fibre/ Plastic
1. Using Linear and Circular interpolation - Create a part program and produce
component in the Machine.
C D
EFGH
RA
RB
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 211 of 222
2. Using Stock removal cycle – Create a part program for multiple turning operations and
produce component in the Machine
C D
EH
RA
RB
FG
3. Using canned cycle - Create a part program for thread cutting, grooving and produce
component in the Machine.
A B D
GE F
C
H
CNC Milling Machine Material: MS/Aluminium/ Acrylic fibre/ Plastic
1. Using Linear interpolation and Circular interpolation – Create a part program for
grooving and produce component in the Machine.
A
B
C
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 212 of 222
2. Using canned cycle - Create a part program for drilling, tapping, counter sinking and
produce component in the Machine.
D1
D2
CS-D3
A
B
D
FG
C
H E
3. Using subprogram - Create a part program and produce component in the Machine.
20
10
10
R10
AB
SAMPLE PROFILE
FOR MIRRORING
(0,0)
Note: Print the part program from the simulation software and make the component in the
CNC machine.
Software used for CAD Modeling: CREO/CATIA
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Part-A
1 Part modelling 15
2 Assembly 10
3 Printout 10
Part-B
4 Program editing and creation 15
5 Component manufacturing 10
6 Finish 10
7 Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 213 of 222
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
1. Personal computer - 36 Nos.
2. CNC programming software - 36 seats
(Lathe and Milling)
3. Modelling package - 36 seats
(Anyone software: Solid works / Pro-E / Catia / Unigraphics / Autocad etc…)
4. CNC Turning Machine - 2 Nos.
5. CNC Milling Machine - 1 No.
6. Laser Printer - 2 Nos.
7. Consumables - Sufficient quantity.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 214 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Subject Code & Name : MEM66 PROCESS AUTOMATION PRACTICAL
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code & Name
Instruction Examination
MEM66 Process Automation Practical
Hours / Week
Hours / Semester
Marks Duration in Hours
4 60
Continuous Assessment
End Semester
Examination Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Design and operate pneumatic circuits.
• Design and operate fluid power circuits
• Use PLC system and its elements for process control
• Familiarize the working of function blocks in PLC
• Use ON-Delay timer to control a motor
• Use OFF-Delay timer to control a motor
• Use counter function block (Up counter and Down counter)
• Control the automatic operation of pneumatic cylinder using PLC.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 215 of 222
Exercises:
PART-A:
Pneumatics Lab.
1. Direct operation of single and double acting cylinder.
2. Operation of double acting cylinder with quick exhaust valve.
3. Speed control of double acting cylinder using metering-in and metering-out circuits.
4. Automatic operation of double acting cylinder in single cycle - using limit switch.
5. Automatic operation of double acting cylinder in multi cycle - using limit switch.
Hydraulics Lab.
1. Direct operation of double acting cylinder.
2. Direct operation of hydraulic motor.
3. Speed control of double acting cylinder metering-in and metering-out control.
PART-B:
PLC Lab.
1. Direct operation of a motor using latching circuit.
2. Operation of a motor using ‘AND’ logic control.
3. Operation of a motor using ‘OR’ ‘control.
4. On-Delay control of a motor and Off –Delay control of a motor.
5. Automatic operation of a Double acting cylinder-single cycle.
6. Automatic operation of a Double acting cylinder-single cycle - forward, time delay return.
7. Automatic operation of Double acting cylinder-Multi cycle.
8. Sequential operation of double acting cylinder and a motor.
SCHEME OF EVALUATION
Allocation Marks
One Question from Part-A 35
One Question from Part-B 35
Viva-Voce 05
TOTAL 75
LIST OF EQUIPMENTS
1. Pneumatic Trainer Kit – 3Nos
(All Cylinders, Control Valves, Limit switches and other accessories)
2. Hydraulics Trainer Kit – 2Nos.
(All Cylinders, Control Valves, Limit switches and other accessories)
3. PLC kit. – 2 Nos.
4. Computer with software – 5 Nos.
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 216 of 222
Course Name : DIPLOMA IN MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Semester : VI
Subject Code & Name : MEM67 PROJECT WORK
Teaching and Scheme of Examinations: No. of Weeks per Semester: 15
Subject Code &
Name Instruction Examination
MEM67 Project
Work
Hours /
Week
Hours /
Semester Marks
Duration
in Hours
4 60
Continuous
Assessment
End
Semester
Examination
Total
3
25 75 100
OUTCOMES:
• Implement the theoretical and practical knowledge gained through the curriculum into
application/project suitable in an industrial and social environment.
• Learn and understand the gap between the technical knowledge acquired through
curriculum and the actual industrial need to compensate it by acquiring additional
knowledge as required.
• Carry out team learning through guided discussions to design, estimate and fabricate the
final project.
• Understand the facts and importance of environment and disaster management.
• Prepare a project report in a specified format.
• Present the project work in a convincing manner.
CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT:
The continuous assessment should be calculated based on the review of the progress of the work
done by the student periodically as follows.
Detail of assessment Period of assessment Max. Marks
First Review 6th week 10
Second Review 12th week 10
Attendance Entire semester 5
TOTAL 25
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 217 of 222
EVALUATION FOR END EXAMINATION:
DETAILED SYLLABUS
ENVIRONMENTAL & DISASTER MANAGEMENT
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT:
1.1 Introduction – Environmental Ethics – Assessment of Socio Economic Impact –
Environmental Audit – Mitigation of adverse impact on Environment – Importance of
Pollution Control – Types of Industries and Industrial Pollution.
1.2 Solid waste management – Characteristics of Industrial wastes – Methods of
Collection, transfer and disposal of solid wastes – Converting waste to energy –
Hazardous waste management Treatment technologies.
1.3 Waste water management – Characteristics of Industrial effluents – Treatment and
disposal methods – Pollution of water sources and effects on human health.
1.4 Air pollution management – Sources and effects – Dispersion of air pollutants – Air
pollution control methods – Air quality management.
1.5 Noise pollution management – Effects of noise on people – Noise control methods.
DISASTER MANAGEMENT:
2.1 Introduction – Disasters due to natural calamities such as Earthquake, Rain, Flood,
Hurricane, Cyclones etc – Man made Disasters – Crisis due to fires, accidents,
strikes etc – Loss of property and life..
2.2 Disaster Mitigation measures – Causes for major disasters – Risk Identification –
Hazard Zones – Selection of sites for Industries and residential buildings –
Minimum distances from Sea – Orientation of Buildings – Stability of Structures –
Fire escapes in buildings - Cyclone shelters – Warning systems.
2.3 Disaster Management – Preparedness, Response, Recovery – Arrangements to be
made in the industries / factories and buildings – Mobilization of Emergency
Services - Search and Rescue operations – First Aids – Transportation of affected
people – Hospital facilities – Fire fighting arrangements – Communication systems
– Restoration of Power supply – Getting assistance of neighbors / Other
organizations in Recovery and Rebuilding works – Financial commitments –
Compensations to be paid – Insurances – Rehabilitation.
Details of Mark allocation Max
Marks
Marks for Report Preparation, Demo, Viva-voce 65
Marks for answer of 4 questions which is to be set by th external
examiner from the given question bank consisting of questions in
the following two topics Disaster management and Environmental
Management. Out of four questions two questions to appear from
each of the above topics. i.e. 2 questions x 2 topics = 4 questions.
4 questions x 2 ½ marks = 10 Marks
10
TOTAL 75
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 218 of 222
LIST OF QUESTIONS
ENVIRONMENTRAL MANAGEMENT:
1. What is the responsibility of an Engineer-in-charge of an Industry with respect to Public Health?
2. Define Environmental Ethic.
3. How Industries play their role in polluting the environment?
4. What is the necessity of pollution control? What are all the different organizations you know,
which deal with pollution control?
5. List out the different types of pollutions caused by a Chemical / Textile / Leather / Automobile /
Cement factory.
6. What is meant by Hazardous waste?
7. Define Industrial waste management.
8. Differentiate between garbage, rubbish, refuse and trash based on their composition and
source.
9. Explain briefly how the quantity of solid waste generated in an industry could be reduced.
10. What are the objectives of treatments of solid wastes before disposal?
11. What are the different methods of disposal of solid wastes?
12. Explain how the principle of recycling could be applied in the process of waste minimization.
13. Define the term ‘Environmental Waste Audit’.
14. List and discuss the factors pertinent to the selection of landfill site.
15. Explain the purpose of daily cover in a sanitary landfill and state the minimum desirable depth
of daily cover.
16. Describe any two methods of converting waste into energy.
17. What actions, a local body such as a municipality could take when the agency appointed for
collecting and disposing the solid wastes fails to do the work continuously for number of days?
18. Write a note on Characteristics of hazardous waste.
19. What is the difference between municipal and industrial effluent ?
20. List few of the undesirable parameters / pollutants anticipated in the effluents from oil refinery
industry / thermal power plants / textile industries / woolen mills / dye industries / electroplating
industries / cement plants / leather industries (any two may be asked)
21. Explain briefly the process of Equalization and Neutralization of waste water of varying
characteristics discharged from an Industry.
22. Explain briefly the Physical treatments “Sedimentation” and “Floatation” processes in the waste
water treatment.
23. Explain briefly when and how chemical / biological treatments are given to the waste water.
24. List the four common advanced waste water treatment processes and the pollutants they
remove.
25. Describe refractory organics and the method used to remove them from the effluent.
26. Explain biological nitrification and de-nitrification.
27. Describe the basic approaches to land treatment of Industrial Effluent.
28. Describe the locations for the ultimate disposal of sludge and the treatment steps needed prior
to ultimate disposal.
29. List any five Industries, which act as the major sources for Hazardous Air Pollutants.
30. List out the names of any three hazardous air pollutants and their effects on human health.
31. Explain the influence of moisture, temperature and sunlight on the severity of air pollution
effects on materials.
32. Differentiate between acute and chronic health effects from Air pollution.
33. Define the term Acid rain and explain how it occurs.
34. Discuss briefly the causes for global warming and its consequences
35. Suggest suitable Air pollution control devices for a few pollutants and sources.
36. Explain how evaporative emissions and exhaust emissions are commonly controlled.
37. What are the harmful elements present in the automobile smokes? How their presence could
be controlled?
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 219 of 222
38. What is the Advantage of Ozone layer in the atmosphere? State few reasons for its destruction.
39. Explain the mechanism by which hearing damage occurs.
40. List any five effects of noise other than hearing damage.
41. Explain why impulsive noise is more dangerous than steady state noise.
42. briefly the Source – Path – Receiver concept of Noise control.
43. Where silencers or mufflers are used ? Explain how they reduce the noise.
44. Describe two techniques to protect the receiver from hearing loss when design / redress for
noise control fail.
45. What are the problems faced by the people residing along the side of a railway track and near
to an Airport? What provisions could be made in their houses to reduce the problem?
DISASTER MANAGEMENT:
1. What is meant by Disaster Management? What are the different stages of Disaster
management?
2. Differentiate Natural Disasters and Man made Disasters with examples.
3. Describe the necessity of Risk identification and Assessment Surveys while planning a project.
4. What is Disasters recovery and what does it mean to an Industry?
5. What are the factors to be considered while planning the rebuilding works after a major disaster
due to flood / cyclone / earthquake? (Any one may be asked)
6. List out the public emergency services available in the state, which could be approached for
help during a natural disaster.
7. Specify the role played by an Engineer in the process of Disaster management.
8. What is the cause for Earthquakes? How they are measured? Which parts of India are more
vulnerable for frequent earthquakes?
9. What was the cause for the Tsunami 2004 which inflicted heavy loss to life and property along
the coast of Tamilnadu ? Specify its epicenter and magnitude.
10. Specify the Earthquake Hazard Zones in which the following towns of Tamilnadu lie: (a)
Chennai (b) Nagapattinam (c) Coimbatore (d) Madurai (e) Salem.
11. Which parts of India are experiencing frequent natural calamities such as (a) heavy rain fall (b)
huge losses due to floods (c) severe cyclones
12. Define basic wind speed. What will be the peak wind speed in (a) Very high damage risk zone
– A, (b) High damage risk zone, (c) Low damage risk zone.
13. Specify the minimum distance from the Sea shore and minimum height above the mean sea
level, desirable for the location of buildings.
14. Explain how the topography of the site plays a role in the disasters caused by floods and
cyclones.
15. Explain how the shape and orientation of buildings could reduce the damages due to cyclones.
16. What is a cyclone shelter? When and where it is provided? What are its requirements?
17. What Precautionary measures have to be taken by the authorities before opening a dam for
discharging the excess water into a canal/river?
18. What are the causes for fire accidents? Specify the remedial measures to be taken in buildings
to avoid fire accidents.
19. What is a fire escape in multistoried buildings? What are its requirements?
20. How the imamates of a multistory building are to be evacuated in the event of a fire/Chemical
spill/Toxic Air Situation/ Terrorist attack, (any one may be asked).
21. Describe different fire fighting arrangements to be provided in an Industry.
22. Explain the necessity of disaster warning systems in Industries.
23. Explain how rescue operations have to be carried out in the case of collapse of buildings due to
earthquake / blast / Cyclone / flood.
24. What are the necessary steps to be taken to avoid dangerous epidemics after a flood disaster?
25. What relief works that have to be carried out to save the lives of workers when the factory area
is suddenly affected by a dangerous gas leak / sudden flooding?
26. What are the difficulties faced by an Industry when there is a sudden power failure? How such
a situation could be managed?
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 220 of 222
27. What are the difficulties faced by the Management when there is a group clash between the
workers? How such a situation could be managed?
28. What will be the problems faced by the management of an Industry when a worker dies
because of the failure of a mechanical device due to poor maintenance? How to manage such
a situation?
29. What precautionary measures have to be taken to avoid accidents to labourers in the Industry
in a workshop / during handling of dangerous Chemicals / during construction of buildings /
during the building maintenance works.
30. Explain the necessity of medical care facilities in an Industry / Project site.
31. Explain the necessity of proper training to the employees of Industries dealing with hazardous
products, to act during disasters.
32. What type of disaster is expected in coal mines, cotton mills, Oil refineries, ship yards and gas
plants?
33. What is meant by Emergency Plan Rehearsal? What are the advantages of such Rehearsals?
34. What action you will take when your employees could not reach the factory site because of
continuous strike by Public Transport workers?
35. What immediate actions you will initiate when the quarters of your factory workers are suddenly
flooded due to the breach in a nearly lake / dam, during heavy rain?
36. What steps you will take to avoid a break down when the workers union of your Industry have
given a strike notice?
37. List out few possible crisis in an organization caused by its workers? What could be the part of
the middle level officials in managing such crisis?
38. What types of warning systems are available to alert the people in the case of predicted
disasters, such as floods, cyclone etc.
39. Explain the necessity of Team work in the crisis management in an Industry / Local body.
40. What factors are to be considered while fixing compensation to the workers in the case of
severe accidents causing disability / death to them?
41. Explain the legal / financial problems the management has to face if safely measures taken by
them are found to be in adequate.
42. Describe the importance of insurance to men and machinery of an Industry dealing with
dangerous jobs.
43. What precautions have to be taken while storing explosives in a match/ fire crackers factory?
44. What are the arrangements required for emergency rescue works in the case of Atomic Power
Plants?
45. Why residential quarters are not constructed nearer to Atomic Power Plants?
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 221 of 222
MEM 74 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING – II
The students are expected to gain a working experience in various departments of an
industry / organisation and hence learning the industrial management in a practical way.
The students have to undergo a six months industrial training (PHASE II) during the VII
semester in a related industry / organisation. During the training period the students are
maintaining an Industrial diary to record their observation and learning. On completion of training, a
training report should be submitted to the Head of the Department. Industrial training of Sandwich
students will be evaluated based on Continuous Assessment of two periodical reviews and an End
semester Examination on Assessment of Training Report and viva-voce.
OUTCOMES:
• Experience the production process in an industrial organization
• Appreciate the Organizational structural and functions of department in industries
• Practice on production machines and its operation/ Maintenance
• Follow safety practices in industries
• Develop social skills and inter personals skills such as planning ,listening
• Appreciate the ethics practiced in industries
• Improve communication skills
• Develop concepts of QC tool practiced in industry such as 5S, JIT, KAIZEN , TQM
SANDWICH DIPLOMA COURSE - INDUSTRIAL TRAINING
1. Introduction
The main objective of the Sandwich Diploma Course is to mould a well rounded technician
acclimated with industrial environment while being a student in the institution.
The Sandwich Diploma Course study is pursued by students, in 7 semesters of 3½ years duration,
the subjects of 3 years - Full Time Diploma Course being regrouped for academic convenience.
While in the 4th semester students undergo Industrial Training-I for 6 months (December through
May). They also do course work in the institution for one day in a week, while in the 7th semester
they undergo another spell of 6 months (June through November) Industrial training-II.
The Apprenticeship (Amendment) Act 1973 is followed in regulating the Industrial training
procedure for Sandwich Course.
I SEM II SEM III SEM IV SEM V SEM VI SEM VII SEM
First Spell - IV Semester (December - May)
Second Spell - VII Semester (June - November)
Institutional study
Industrial Training
M-Scheme Approved in 42nd Academic Board Meeting held on 13.02.2017, MPC Page 222 of 222
2. Attendance Certification
Every month students have to get their attendance certified by industrial supervisor in the
prescribed form. Students have also to put their signature on the form and submit it to the
institutional staff in-charge. Attendance and submission of Review reports will be duly considered
while awarding the Continuous Assessment mark.
3. Training Reports
The students have to prepare two types of reports:
• Weekly report in the form of diary to be submitted to the concerned staff in-charge of the institution. This will be reviewed while awarding Continuous Assessment mark.
• Comprehensive report at the end of each phase of Industrial Training will be reviewed while awarding End semester Examination marks.
3.1 Industrial Training Diary
Students are required to maintain the record of day - to- day work done. Such record is called
Industrial training Diary. Students have to write this report regularly. All days of the week should be
accounted for clearly giving attendance particulars (Presence, Absence, Leave, Holiday etc). The
concerned Industrial supervisor is to check periodically these progress reports.
3.2 Comprehensive Training Report
In addition to the diary, students are required to submit a comprehensive report on training with
details of the organization where the training was undergone after attestation by the supervisors.
The comprehensive report should be incorporating study of plant/ product /process/ construction
along with intensive in-depth study on any one of the topics such as processes , methods, tooling,
construction and equipment, highlighting aspects of quality, productivity and system. The
comprehensive report should be completed in the last week of Industrial training. Any data,
drawings etc should be incorporated with the consent of the Organisation.
4. Scheme of Evaluation
Components SCHEME OF EVALUATION
No. Allocation Marks
Continuous
Assessment Mark
1 First review 20
2 Second review 20
3 Attendance 10
End Examination 4 Comprehensive Training Report 20
5 Viva-Voce 30
TOTAL 100
* * *